Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Integration Joint Board - 19/06/2025

North Ayrshire Council · 19 June 2025
Back to Integration Joint Board — 19 June 2025 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Integration Joint Board
Meeting
Thursday, 19 June 2025 at 10:00
Council Chambers, Cunninghame House, Irvine /
Hybrid via Microsoft Teams
Meeting Arrangements - Hybrid Meetings
This meeting will be held on a predominantly physical basis but with provision,
by prior notification, for remote attendance by Elected Members in accordance
with the provisions of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 2003.  Where
possible, the meeting will be live-streamed and available to view at https://north
-ayrshire.public-i.tv/core/portal/home. 
1 Apologies
2 Declarations of Interest
Members are requested to give notice of any declarations of interest in respect
of items of business on the Agenda.
3 Minutes
The accuracy of the Minutes of the meeting held on 1 May 2025 will be
confirmed and the Minutes signed in accordance with Paragraph 7 (1) of
Schedule 7 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 (copy enclosed).
4 Director’s Report
Submit report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP) on developments
within the North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership (copy enclosed).
5 Children’s Services Plan Performance Report 2024-25
Submit report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP) on the Children’s
Services Plan Performance Report 2024-25 (copy enclosed).
6 Allied Health Professions within Acute Settings
Submit report by Alistair Reid, Director of Allied Health Professions, NHS
Ayrshire & Arran on Allied Health Professions within Acute Settings (copy
enclosed).
7 Montrose House Appraisal
(Copy to follow)
1

Page 2

8 Older People’s Day Service Review
Submit report by Kerry Logan, Head of Service (Health & Community Care) on
the review of the delivery of day services for older people in North Ayrshire and
the proposed options to IJB to identify a service model for day services (copy
enclosed).
9 2024-25: Year End Financial Performance
Submit report by Eleanor Currie, Interim Chief Finance Officer (HSCP) to
provide an overview of the Integration Joint Board’s financial performance for the
year ended 2024-25 and the implications for the overall financial position (copy
enclosed).
10 Risk Appetite Statement
Submit report by Eleanor Currie, Interim Chief Finance Officer (HSCP) on the
IJB Risk Appetite Statement (copy enclosed).
11 Risk Management Strategy
Submit report by Eleanor Currie, Interim Chief Finance Officer (HSCP) on the
IJB Risk Management Strategy (copy enclosed).
12 Urgent Items
Any other items which the Chair considers to be urgent.
Webcasting
Please note: this meeting may be filmed/recorded/live-streamed to the Council's
internet site and available to view at https://north-ayrshire.public-
i.tv/core/portal/home, where it will be capable of repeated viewing.  At the start of
the meeting, the Provost/Chair will confirm if all or part of the meeting is being
filmed/recorded/live-streamed.
You should be aware that the Council is a Data Controller under the Data
Protection Act 2018.  Data collected during the webcast will be retained in
accordance with the Council’s published policy, including, but not limited to, for
the purpose of keeping historical records and making those records available via
the Council’s internet site.
Generally, the press and public will not be filmed. However, by entering the
Council Chambers and using the press or public seating area, you acknowledge
that you may be filmed and that any information pertaining to you contained in
the video and oral recording of the meeting will be used for webcasting or
training purposes and for the purpose of keeping historical records and making
those records available to the public. In making this use of your information the
Council is processing data which is necessary for the performance of a task
carried out in the public interest.
2

Page 3

If you have any queries regarding this and, in particular, if you believe that use
and/or storage of any particular information would cause, or be likely to cause,
substantial damage or distress to any individual, please
contact dataprotectionofficer@north-ayrshire.gov.uk
3

Page 4

IJB Sederunt
Voting Members
Joyce White (Chair) NHS Ayrshire & Arran
Cllr Margaret Johnson (Vice-
Chair)
North Ayrshire Council
Cllr Tom Marshall North Ayrshire Council
Cllr Anthea Dickson North Ayrshire Council
Cllr Nairn Angus-McDonald North Ayrshire Council
Linda Semple NHS Ayrshire & Arran
Tom Hopkins NHS Ayrshire & Arran
Marc Mazzucco NHS Ayrshire & Arran
Professional Advisors
Caroline Cameron Director
Eleanor Currie Interim Chief Finance Officer
Aileen Craig IJB Monitoring Officer
Iain Jamieson Clinical Director
Scott Hunter Chief Social Work Officer – North
Ayrshire
Thelma Bowers Mental Health Adviser
Darren Fullarton Associate Nurse Director/
Lead Nurse
Vacany Acute Services Representative
Dr Louise Wilson GP Representative
Sharon Hackney Lead Allied Health Professional
Lynne McNiven Public Health Representative
Wendy Van Riet Director of Psychological Services
Stakeholder Representatives
Lorna Sim Staff Rep - NHS Ayrshire and Arran
Lynda MacFarlane Staff Rep
Paul Smith Carers Representative
Clive Shephard Service User Representative
Vacancy Independent Sector Representative
Vicki Yuill Third Sector Representative
4

Page 5

North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership
Minute of Integration Joint Board meeting held on
Thursday 1 May 2025 at 10.00 a.m.
involving participation by remote electronic means and physical attendance
within the Council Chambers, Irvine.
Present (Physical Participation)
Voting Members
Joyce White, NHS Ayrshire and Arran (Chair)
Councillor Margaret Johnson, North Ayrshire Council (Vice-Chair) (Chair)
Councillor Nairn Angus- McDonald, North Ayrshire Council
Councillor Anthea Dickson, North Ayrshire Council
Sharon Morrow, NHS Ayrshire and Arran
Professional Advisers
Caroline Cameron, Director of Health and Social Care Partnership
Thelma Bowers, Head of Service (Mental Health) (NAHSCP)
Darren Fullarton, Associate Nurse Director/ Lead Nurse
Eleanor Currie, Interim Section 95 Officer
Scott Hunter, Chief Social Work Officer
Sharon Hackney, Lead Allied Health Professional
Stakeholder Representative
Lynda McFarlane, Staff Representative
Paul Smith, Carer Representative
Present (Remote Participation)
Voting Members
Tom Hopkins, NHS Ayrshire and Arran
Marc Mazzucco, NHS Ayrshire and Arran
Professional Advisers
Lynne McNiven, Public Health Representative
Stakeholder Representative
Hazel Brown, Third Sector Representative
Lorna Sim, Staff Representative NHS Ayrshire and Arran
Agenda Item 3
5

Page 6

In Attendance (Physical Participation)
Elizabeth Stewart, Head of Service (Children, Families and Justice)
Kerry Logan, Head of Service (Health and Community Care)
Michelle Sutherland, Partnership Facilitator (Health & Community Care)
Joanne Inglis, Senior Manager (Children and Families)
Lee Ballantyne, Senior Manager (Strategic Planning & Transformation)
Seony Ross, Team Manager (Strategic Planning & Equalities)
Karen Andrews, Team Manager (Governance)
Raymond Lynch, Senior Manager (Legal Services)
Hayley Young, Senior Committee Services Officer
Claudia Cheung, Digital, Media and Marketing Analyst
Apologies
Councillor Tom Marshall, North Ayrshire Council
Iain Jamieson, Clinical Director
Vicky Yuill, Third Sector Representative
Aileen Craig, IJB Monitoring Officer
1. Apologies for Absence
Apologies for Absence were noted.
2. Declarations of Interest
There were no declarations of interest in terms of Standing Order 7.2 and Section 5.14
of the Code of Conduct for Members of Devolved Public Bodies.
3. Minutes
The accuracy of the Minutes of the meeting held on 20 March 2025 were confirmed
and the Minutes signed in accordance with Paragraph 7(10 of Schedule 7 of the Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973.
It was noted that Agenda Item 7 (Revenue Budget 2025-26 and beyond report) was
subject to confirmation by NHS Ayrshire and Arran, which was recently approved.
4. Director’s Report
Submitted report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP) on the developments
within the North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership.
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report.
Noted.
6

Page 7

5. Enhancing the Delivery of the Health Visiting Service : Scotland’s Health
Visiting Action Plan 2025-2035
Submitted report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP) on the recently published
plan and implications for the health visiting service in North Ayrshire.  The national
actions together with a narrative around current local activity within the Health Visiting
service in North Ayrshire was set out at Appendix 1 to the report.
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report.
Noted.
6. Appointments
Submitted report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP) on the recent
appointments and changes to IJB membership.
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report.
The report detailed the appointments as follows:-
 Joyce White OBE, as the non-Executive NHS Ayrshire and Arran member of
the IJB to assume the role of Chair of the IJB following the rotation of the roles
of Chair and Vice-Chair, and also Vice-Chair of the Strategic Planning Group;
 Councillor Margaret Johnson, as Vice-Chair of the IJB, following the rotation of
the roles of Chair and Vice-Chair, and also Chair of the Strategic Planning
Group;
 Councillor Nairn Angus-McDonald rotating to assume the role of Chair of the
IJB Performance and Audit Committee; and
 Marc Mazzucco rotating to assume the role of Vice-Chair of the IJB
Performance and Audit Committee.
The Board agreed to approve the recent changes and appointments to IJB and the
related governance groups.
7. Enhanced Mental Health Outcomes Framework Budget
Submitted report by Thelma Bowers, Head of Service (Mental Health) on the future
priorities for the Enhanced Mental Health Outcomes Framework budget and service
changes in alignment with Scottish Government strategic priorities.  Details of the
objectives and expected outcomes was set out at Appendix 1 to the report.
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report.
Noted.
8. North Ayrshire – The Promise
Submitted report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP) on the ongoing work
within North Ayrshire to deliver “The Promise” to our Children and Young People.
The Oversight board report three was set out at Appendix 1 to the report.
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report.
7

Page 8

Noted.
9. Equality Outcomes 2025-2029
Submitted report by Lee Ballantyne, Senior Manager (Strategic Planning and
Transformation) on the new Equality Outcomes for the IJB set out at Appendix 1 to the
report. The Policy review list was set out at Appendix 2 to the report.
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report.
The Board agreed to approve proposed Equality Outcomes set out at Appendix 1 to
the report.
10. Strategic Planning Group Meeting Minutes
Submitted, for information the minutes in relation to the Strategic Planning Group
Meeting on 19 November 2024.
Noted.
The meeting ended at 11.30 pm.
The full meeting proceedings can be viewed at 
https://north-ayrshire.public-i.tv/core/portal/home
8

Page 9

Integration Joint Board
19th June 2025
Subject : Director’s Report 
Purpose : This report is for awareness to advise members of North
Ayrshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) of developments within
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership (NAHSCP) 
Recommendation : IJB members are asked to note progress made to date. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
IJB Integration Joint Board
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership
SDS Self Directed Support
PA Personal Assistant
PVG Protection of Vulnerable Groups
CEDS Community Eating Disorder Service
CHES Collaboration for Health Equity in Scotland
NEST Neurodevelopmental Empowerment and Strategy Team
ADP Alcohol & Drug Partnership
PSST Prevention and Service Support Team
NADARS North Ayrshire Drug and Alcohol Rehabilitation Services
PEAR Prevention, Early Intervention and Recovery Service 
COSLA Convention of Scottish Local Authorities 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 This report informs members of the Integration Joint Board (IJB) of the work
undertaken within North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership (NAHSCP),
nationally, locally and Ayrshire wide. 
Agenda Item 4
9

Page 10

2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 This report provides IJB with up to date information on recent activity across the HSCP
since the last IJB.  The report will also provide COVID related information by
exception. 
3. CURRENT POSITION 
National Developments 
3.1 Social Work Governance Thematic Review 
The Review of Social Work Governance and Assurance across Scotland was
published on 6th May 2025.   The report presents the key messages from the review
of how well social work governance and assurance arrangements support leaders to
ensure statutory duties are carried out safely and effectively, enable staff to be
supported and effective in their practice and assist staff to uphold core social work
values.  It includes reflections for social work services and partners Scotland wide to
consider in order to improve outcomes for people. 
The review found that overall, social work leaders and managers in Scotland worked
effectively within often complicated governance arrangements. In most cases these
arrangements were well understood by staff. 
Social work assurance was mostly effective and overall staff felt supported to deliver
effective services. 
However, inspectors also found that Scotland’s social work services were finding it
challenging to match supply with demand and this was exacerbated by increased
levels of complexity of need and risk. This meant that social work was at risk of being
unable to fulfil its statutory duties in some service areas.   North Ayrshire was
highlighted as an area of good practice within the report.     
3.2 Care Reform (Scotland) Bill 
The Care Reform (Scotland) Bill passed Stage 3 in Parliament on 10th June 2025, the
Bill was previously known as the National Care Service (Scotland) Bill. 
The Bill has significantly changed from that proposed as part of the NCS Bill, with
legislation now focussing on: 
• Delivery of Anne’s Law which will uphold the rights of care home residents to
see their loved ones.
• Establishes a legal right to unpaid breaks for unpaid carers.
10

Page 11

• Creates a Chief Social Work Advisor role to provide professional leadership
and champion the sector as part of a National Social Work Agency. 
• Improve access to independent advocacy.
• Bring forward a new digital integrated health and care record through
information sharing improvements, including sharing of information with
individuals.
• Changes to procurement and commissioning of social care services with a
focus on ethical commissioning through the development of tools and guidance
to support delivery at a local level. 
A National Care Service Advisory Board is currently being established to drive
progress and scrutinise reform, replacing an interim board which met in May 2025. 
3.3 Charter for Rights for People Affected by Substance Use 
As part of the Scottish Government’s National Mission on Drugs to reduce drug related
deaths and improve lives, a National Collaborative was established to integrate human
rights into drug and alcohol policy, leading to better outcomes for people affected by
substance use. 
A Charter of Rights and supporting Toolkit have been co-designed by a Change Team
with life experience and through extensive consultation with people affected by
substance use and with people responsible for design, delivery and monitoring of
substance related support services. 
The Charter outlines key rights which are drawn from both national and international
law and describes how they apply to people affected by substance use. It also
contains general information on feedback, complaints and advocacy. The Toolkit
provides practical guidance to both duty-bearers and rights-holders, including
guidance on taking a Human Rights-Based Approach and a checklist to support
assessment of the right to health in practice. 
Emerging practice will be captured to share ideas and learning as a human rights-
based approach is developed and delivered by duty bearers. 
The Scottish Government has made a commitment to bring forward the Human Rights
Bill in the next parliament if they are returned to government. Using a human-rights-
based lens now will help in preparation for any new legislation. 
The Charter and Toolkit are a guide to good practice and align with the Scottish
Government’s key priority of ensuring high quality and sustainable public services. 
3.4 Drugs and Alcohol Workforce Knowledge and Skills Framework 
The Scottish Government has now published the Drugs and Alcohol Workforce
Knowledge and Skills Framework. The Framework serves as a guide for practitioners,
11

Page 12

commissioners, managers and service providers to understand the knowledge and
skills required by the drugs and alcohol workforce, in addition to any professional or
clinical standards. 
The Framework is not mandatory and does not affect the rights and duties of
employees and employers. The Framework does not replace existing standards. The
Framework allows practitioners to demonstrate how they meet existing standards
within their scope of practice. 
This is complemented by the Drugs and Alcohol Learning Directory. The Learning
Directory gives staff access to a wide range of resources to help develop knowledge
and skills. It’s designed to support personal and professional growth by providing the
most up-to-date and relevant learning opportunities. 
3.5 Rethink Dementia – New Campaign 
The Scottish Government's 'Rethink Dementia' campaign, in partnership with COSLA,
has been launched and aims to challenge the stigma surrounding dementia. 
Dementia affects an estimated 90,000 people in Scotland, 3,000 of whom are under
the age of 65. Insight informing the campaign highlighted that many people associate
dementia with the later stage of the illness and therefore change their behaviour
towards a friend or family member who has been diagnosed. 
Further information on supporting someone with a dementia diagnosis, can be found
on the campaign page on the NHS Inform website.   
3.6 Changes to PVG for Personal Assistants under SDS 
A new law came into force in April 2025 that makes it a legal requirement for Personal
Assistants employed through Self-directed Support to join the PVG scheme. 
Disclosure Scotland, which manages the PVG scheme, has prepared information for
Employers through Self-directed Support and PAs to help them understand the
changes. 
More information, including the answers to some frequently asked questions, can be
found in the PA Employer and PA handbooks below, or at the Disclosure Scotland
website. 
Protecting Vulnerable Groups (PVG): For PAs
Protecting Vulnerable Groups (PVG): For PA Employers 
4. Ayrshire Wide Developments 
4.1 Webinar Series Community Justice 
12

Page 13

The Community Justice Ayrshire Partnership’s Community
Justice Outcomes Improvement Plan contains a priority action
to ‘support integration and reduce stigma by ensuring the
community and workforce have an improved understanding and
confidence in community justice’.   
To support this action, a Community Justice Information Series has been developed,
which will involve a series of webinars being held throughout the year. The webinars
are open to all partners and stakeholders working across Ayrshire, places can be
booked for any of these by following the links below: 
What are community sentences?
Wednesday 17 September, 2pm to 3pm 
Community justice – facts, figures and myth busting
Wednesday 29 October, 2pm to 3pm 
How do we support people when they are leaving prison?
Wednesday 3 December, 2pm to 3pm 
5. North Ayrshire Developments 
5.1 Membership 
Following a recent review by Lesley Bowie, Chair of NHSAA Board of Board member
representation on IJBs across Ayrshire, Sharon Morrow, our NHS Board member will
be replaced by Linda Semple, the current Chair of South Ayrshire IJB with effect from
12th June 2025, with Sharon joining South Ayrshire IJB from that date.    Thanks to
Sharon for her input over her short time on the North IJB and a warm welcome to
Linda.   
5.2 CHES Update 
The second North Ayrshire Collaborating for Health Equity Steering Group met on the
4th June 2025 to identify key priorities and areas of focus to be taken forward across
partner agencies as part of the programme. 
A local data group has been established to identify key deprivation, health outcome
and social determinants of the health indicators in North Ayrshire to ensure an
evidenced based approach to the programme. 
19 data representatives from across a range of partners met to identify and map at
three geographic levels: 
• Local Authority
• Locality (total of 6)
• Intermediate zones (total of 38) 
13

Page 14

The following approach was used: 
From the evidence available the Steering Group agreed to and enhanced focus initially
on Marmot Principles: 
1. Give every child the best start in life, 
3. Create fair employment and good work for all, and 
6. Strengthen the role and impact of ill health prevention. 
The Steering Group then prioritised by localities with Irvine, the Three Towns, and the
Garnock Valley identified to deliver the biggest gains through proportionate
universalism, resource realignment and enhanced supports. 
The next steps are to adopt a ‘deep dive’ approach for the three identified principles
across the agreed geographies, which will include partners providing further
management and locally available information to develop further understanding of
local challenges and opportunities. 
An engagement working group has also been formed and will meet on the 24th June
2025 with leads from the Third Sector Interface, The Ayrshire Community Trust,
HSCP, Public Health and North Ayrshire Council Connected Communities to inform
and co-produce the involvement of the community in the CHES programme. 
The programme continues to be supported by Public Health Scotland and the Institute
of Health Equity with a national CHES External Advisory Group also established.   
5.3 Peace of Mind Drop in Event 
Peace of Mind is an innovative programme aimed at reducing social exclusion and
isolation as a result of a disability, impairment or long-term health condition, with a
14

Page 15

particular emphasis on people who do not receive statutory services but still need
support. 
The service is holding its next drop-in information event on Tuesday 24 June from
1pm to 4pm at the George Steven Centre, Craigton Road, Kilbirnie, where anyone
can go along and find out more about how it works, pick up some leaflets and learn
how to get involved. 
5.4 Practice Standards Learning and Development Update 
Recent activity within the Practice Standards Learning & Development Team during
the first quarter of 2025 has centred around the continuing “Growing our Own” annual
sponsorship opportunities for the Social Work Degree. There are currently 12
employees being sponsored to undertake the degree qualification; they are all at
varying stages of the process with four qualifying as social workers in the summer of
this year and a further two in the summer of 2026. 
This and the recent application process for the 2025/26 cohort where three employees
were successful in gaining a place on the programme contributes to the ongoing drive
to increase staff sufficiency across social work services.   Recent SSSC Annual
Workforce Data Report shows there was an increase of 23% in the social work
workforce in NAHSCP. This is testament to the implementation of the “Be the Best
You can Be” Learning and development Strategy 2023/28 which outlines the
qualification pathways and annual development offers to staff. 
Our Commitment to developing and valuing the workforce also extends to additional
post qualifying opportunities where there is a theme of increasing demand and uptake
of qualifications including Child and Adult Protection Post Qualifying Certificates and
the uptake of the Professional Development Award in Practice Learning which again
supports the sustainability of robust social work student placement opportunities. 
During the past few months two Social Work employees embarked on a pilot
programme from Robert Gordon University to deliver a local bespoke MHO Award
which offers the opportunity for learning directly related to local practice. Both are
nearing completion of the qualification and will then practice as dispersed MHO’s in
North Ayrshire and a further two employees will commence the award in September. 
5.5 New Video – NEST 
The Neurodevelopmental Empowerment and Strategy Team (NEST) has produced a
new video to help members of the public get the most out of searching for local
sources of support via the NEST website. 
The video, which is on the NEST website and NAHSCP YouTube channel, looks at
how to use the search function to find specific services in your area, how to browse
all services if you’re not sure which type of support could be useful, and where to find
15

Page 16

accessibility options on the site. It also highlights how to get in touch if you can’t find
the support you are looking for. 
The video will be shared regularly on the NAHSCP Facebook and X pages. 
The NEST Hub is full of useful resources for neurodivergent people and their families,
and a diagnosis isn’t required to access it. Individuals can also find lots of helpful
advice and tips, as well as news on upcoming workshops and activities, on the NEST
Facebook page. 
5.6 Opening of West Road, Irvine 
A new centre that aims to change the way the residents of Ayrshire and Arran receive
mental health care has been officially opened by North Ayrshire Provost Anthea
Dickson. 
The West Road Centre in Irvine is our new base for outpatient services for the all-age
Community Eating Disorder Service (CEDS) and the Neuro-CAMHS team (Child and
Adolescent Mental Health Service), providing a modern space for individuals to
receive the support they need. 
The building, which is owned by North Ayrshire Council, was previously used by North
Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership’s Child and Family Disability Service. It
has recently undergone an extensive refurbishment to create a calm and welcoming
environment designed specifically to suit the needs of clients and staff teams, with a
treatment room, kitchen area, clinical rooms, and a sound-proof therapeutic room that
can be used for activities such as music therapy. 
16

Page 17

5.7 Donation for young People in Care 
Many young people coming into care often do so
with their belongings in carrier bags. 
While searching for reusable bags to be given to
young people in this situation, a social worker
from the Garnock Valley Children and Families
Team came across the award-winning bag brand
Madlug. 
The Madlug movement came about in 2015, after founder Dave Linton was saddened
to hear about children having their belongings moved in this way and set out to make
a difference. 
The company now operates on a ‘buy one, wear one, help one’ basis, where for every
bag sold through the website, a free travel bag is donated to a child in care. It worked
with care experienced young people, as well as health trusts and local authorities, to
develop a pack-away bag that is centred around the needs of children and young
people in care. The bag itself is unbranded to avoid stigma, with each bag also having
a label that reads “you are incredible,” reminding every child and young person that
they have value and dignity. 
After a successful application, Madlug has now very kindly donated two large boxes
of bags to the team. 
5.8 ADP Early Intervention and Prevention Schools Partnership 
This year saw the first Education and Prevention
Roadshow for all S1 pupils across our North Ayrshire
schools with around 1,285 participants. Partners from
PSST, Children First, KA Leisure, NADARS, Turning Point
PEAR, Police Scotland and Trading Standards were keen
to be involved and deliver workshops about vaping,
stigma, keeping safe, lived experience, myth busting and
getting a better understanding of the impact of alcohol and
drugs on health, families and our communities. 
The feedback from schools and young people has been
positive and plans are underway to further develop and
deliver the roadshow in session 2025/26 for the new S1’s. 
A six-week alcohol and drug prevention programme has
been developed and delivered for our young people
attending Extended Outreach this has been requested again and will be delivered to
a new cohort of young people in the new session.
17

Page 18

In October 2025, all North Ayrshire secondary schools have been offered a
performance for S3 pupils from the TIE theatre company funded by the ADP. Mark
Wheellers ‘I Love You, Mum - I Promise I Won’t Die’ promises to be moving and
thought-provoking to prompt discussion about the impact of recreational substance
use exploring risk and the impact on families and communities. School staff will deliver
a series of 4 lessons linked to the play to embed learning. 
In response to staff engagement the ADP in partnership with education is hosting an
Education and Prevention conference on the 25th of November 2025 at the Riverside
Lodge Hotel in Irvine. This multi-agency event will provide an opportunity to upskill
staff and facilitate networking opportunities. Emily Broadis and Megan MacPherson,
paediatricians and public health experts from NHS Ayrshire and Arran will attend to
share the impact of vaping on children’s health outcomes. They will also talk about
the progress being made within Ayrshire’s vaping taskforce. 
5.9 New Poster Signposts to Youth Supports 
The recent NAHSCP Youth Engagement Survey
highlighted some calls for support and the need for youth
friendly resources. 
While we continue to analyse the data gathered from the
survey in detail, we’ve created a poster featuring QR
codes that link to sources of support across all of the topics
raised. 
We’d really appreciate it if you could share this poster
through any of the same channels where the original
survey was distributed - whether that’s newsletters, social
media, websites, or physical spaces. Our aim is to ensure
that information and support are accessible to all young
people who may need it. 
If anyone would like a PDF copy of the poster to print off and display, please contact
nicolateager@north-ayrshire.gov.uk 
5.10 Open Day Event – Castleview 
The HSCP Moving and Handling Team held an open day for
unpaid carers on Wednesday 11th June, Castleview Hub, 97
Glasgow Street, Ardrossan. 
The event showcased the support available to carers from a wide
range of organisations, including dementia support services,
Scottish Fire & Rescue, SP Energy Networks, AILN, Lemon Aid,
and many more.
18

Page 19

6. IMPLICATIONS 
6.1 Financial
None
6.2 Human Resources
None
6.3 Legal
None
6.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
None 
6.5 Risk
None
6.6 Community Wealth Building
None
6.7 Key Priorities
None 
7. CONSULTATION 
No specific consultation was required for this report. User and public involvement is
key for the partnership and all significant proposals will be subject to an appropriate
level of Consultation. 
Caroline Cameron, Director
[Carolinecameron@north-ayrshire.gov.uk/01294 317723] 
Appendices
Nil
19

Page 20

20

Page 21

North Ayrshire Integration Joint Board
19th June 2025
Subject : Children’s Services Plan Performance Report 2024-
25
Purpose : • Awareness
Recommendation : The Integration Joint Board are asked to: 
a) Note the key achievements contained in the North
Ayrshire Children’s Services Plan Performance Report
2024-25 and;
b) Note that the report will be submitted to the Scottish
Government. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
CPP Community Planning Partnership 
CSSP Children’s Services Strategic Partnership 
GIRFEC Getting it Right for Every Child 
FCWS Family Centred Wellbeing Service 
WRO Welfare Rights Officer
ASN Additional Support Needs 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 Every Local Authority and relevant Health Board are required to jointly prepare a
Children's Services Plan for the area of the local authority for each three-year period.
Plans are developed collaboratively with other members of the Community Planning
Partnership (CPP), as well as with children, young people and their families at
various stages of the development and review of the Plan. We published our
Children’s Services Plan 2023-26 in June 2023. 
1.2  Our Children’s Services Plan Performance Report 2024-25 is prepared in
collaboration with the Children’s Services Strategic Partnership (CSSP) which
consists of representatives from our Community Planning Partners. We have a duty
under the Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014 to produce a Children’s
Services Plan Performance report at the end of each year.
Agenda Item 5
21

Page 22

1.3  Our Children’s Services Plan Performance Report 2024-25 highlights some of the
key achievements and areas of work which impact on Infants, Children, Young
People and their families. 
2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 Part 3 of the Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014 seeks to improve
outcomes for all children and young people in Scotland by ensuring that local planning
and delivery of services is integrated, focused on securing quality and value through
preventative approaches, and dedicated to safeguarding, supporting and promoting
child wellbeing. It aims to ensure that any action to meet need is taken at the earliest
appropriate time and that, where appropriate, this is taken to prevent need arising.
The aims are about creating and maintaining a local environment which facilitates
Getting it Right for Every Child Practice (GIRFEC) for individual children and young
people. 
2.2 Section 13 (1) of the Act requires that as soon as practicable after the end of each
one-year period, a local authority and the relevant health board must publish (in such
manner as they consider appropriate) a report on the extent to which:
a) children’s and related services have, in that one-year period, been
provided in accordance with the Children’s Services Plan; and
b) that the provision of services has achieved –
i. the aims of children’s services planning (section 9(2)), and
ii. such outcomes in relation to the wellbeing of children in the area as
the Scottish Ministers may by order prescribe. 
2.3 The “one-year period” runs from 1 April to 31 March. Each Children’s Services Plan
must be prepared in relation to a specific “three-year period”, so over the course of a
Children’s Services Plan there will be three annual reports.
2.4 Our 2023-26 Children’s Services Plan continued our vision 'For all our children and
young people to have the best start in life and for North Ayrshire to be the best place
in Scotland to grow up'. The Performance Update Report 2023-24 has been structured
in line with our five priorities set out in the Plan. These are –
1. The rights of children and young people are promoted and protected.
2. Acting early to improve what happens next.
3. Making Things Fairer
4. Promoting good mental health and wellbeing
5. Inspiring children and young people to be active 
2.5 A set of actions were identified to be delivered by CPP partners. Updates on the
progress of the actions has been included in Appendix 1 of the report. We have
established an initial set of indicators to measure progress, as attached in Appendix
2 of the report.
22

Page 23

2.6 At the end of April 2024, the Scottish Government provided feedback on our 2023-26
Children’s Services Plan. Feedback is intended to support us to consider areas of
strength and areas for development. Overall, feedback concluded that the Plan is
comprehensive, ambitious and informative. It is well linked to other local and national
plans and frameworks, including the National Performance Framework, GIRFEC and
Child Poverty Action Plan. Strategic priorities and actions are clear, and there is clear
evidence that children, young people and families have contributed to the
development of the plan.
2.7 Areas for development were to provide information about monitoring and evaluation
of progress, including a set of specific and measurable progress indicators linked to
each priority. Partners have identified a set of relevant measures which are included
as Appendix 2 to the report. These are intended to act as a baseline and will be
reviewed and updated regularly to assist with improvement activity. 
2.8 A summary version of the report will be produced over the summer months to ensure
it is fully accessible and engaging for our young people. 
Some of our key highlights from the 2024-25 Performance Report include:
• 97% of our education establishments were engaged in the Rights Respecting
Schools accreditation process (2023-24 academic year). 
• St Matthew’s Academy, Saltcoats, has become the first secondary school in
Scotland to receive a prestigious accolade for digital education - the Digital
Schools Endorsement Award.
• The Executive Youth Council has 12 active members from across North
Ayrshire, representing the views and voices of our young people across
schools and communities. Currently the group are working in partnership with
Education staff to design and launch a Pupil Council Toolkit that will give
schools the tools and resources to support pupil voice structures. 
• 115 children and young people have accessed the Young Carers Fund this
year, helping to improve or maintain the young person’s physical, emotional
mental health and wellbeing or life chances, reduce social isolation, and
improve attainment.
• The annual Promise Conference was held in December 2024. 73 Care
Experienced young people from across our Secondary Schools joined the
conference to learn about The Promise Scotland Plan 24-30, meet local
Corporate Parents and connect with each other.
• The Signs of Safety practice model has been implemented across our Children
and Families Service from the point of referral to Service Access. The Signs of
Safety model works in collaboration with families to identify strengths and family
and wider support networks who can assist to support the children’s wellbeing
or child protection plan that has been established.
• Over 5,000 children aged 0-4 years in North Ayrshire are supported by either a
Health Visitor or a Family Nurse
• The Family Centred Wellbeing Service (FCWS) are a team of 14 wellbeing
workers who support supported over 170 families, with sessions provided within
the family’s homes, within our offices, community buildings and schools.
23

Page 24

• 96% of our school leavers moved into an initial positive destination, in line with
session 2022-23. 
• 424 young people engaged with the MCR Pathways Young Talent Programme
• Our Welfare Rights Officers (WROs) provide support and help to identified
families regarding possible access to and/ or changes to benefits. This year,
Welfare Rights Officers delivered training and provided briefings for education
staff, and in 2024-25 the service was expanded to include all Educational
Establishments. In total, the financial gains for families since the project began
is over £1.8 million, with a further £818,000 coming in financial year 2024-25. 
• Whole school approaches to supporting positive relationships and behaviour
have been taken forward across the authority with policy and practice being
developed on universal, targeted and intensive approaches. Building on
positive relationships (BPR) family groups have been extended with 18 groups
being run this session. Active Schools key focus has remained on getting ‘More
Kids, More Active, More Often’. Extra-curricular provision has been delivered
across all primary, secondary and ASN establishments. Over 9,200 young
people have attended a variety of sport and physical activity sessions across
this year, which is over 52% of the whole young people population.
• There are 1024 active Duke of Edinburgh participants where physical health is
part of all participants award. 
• The Children and Young Peoples’ Community Mental Health and Wellbeing
Supports and Services funding has supported 6527 children and young people
and 1212 family members through a range of programmes. 
2.9 The Children’s Services Strategic Partnership also monitors the Whole Family
Wellbeing Fund. The Whole Family Wellbeing Fund is a £500 million investment over
the life of the Scottish Parliament (2022 to 2026). 
Appendix 3 of the Report provides a summary of progress to date including updates
on the previously agreed proposals and new developments, as well as the current
funding position.  It also highlights the annual report which is in line with the North
Ayrshire Whole Family Wellbeing Fund Monitoring and Evaluation Framework, as well
as the Scottish Government monitoring requirements. 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1 It is proposed that IJB notes the key achievements contained in the attached North
Ayrshire Children’s Services Plan Performance Report 2024-25 and; notes that the
report will be submitted to the Scottish Government by the end of June 2025. A child
friendly version of the report will be published as soon as possible. 
3.2 Anticipated Outcomes 
Publication of the report will meet the statutory reporting requirements laid out in
Section 13(1) of Part 3 of the Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014. 
24

Page 25

The Report will inform the residents of North Ayrshire about progress related to our
Children’s Services Plan and raise awareness of the key priorities that link to
everything we do. These are –
1. The rights of children and young people are promoted and protected.
2. Acting early to improve what happens next.
3. Making Things Fairer
4. Promoting good mental health and wellbeing
5. Inspiring children and young people to be active 
3.3 Measuring Impact 
Impact is measured by the Performance Indicators contained in the report and also
by the use of narrative and case studies to describe impact on families, children and
young people. 
4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
None
4.2 Human Resources
None
4.3 Legal
We have a duty under the Children and Young People (Scotland) Act 2014 to produce
a Children’s Services Plan Performance report every year detailing the activities
undertaken in relation to Children’s Services.
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
None
4.5 Risk
None
4.6 Community Wealth Building
None
4.7 Key Priorities
This report directly supports our Council’s vision of creating ‘a North Ayrshire that is
Fair for All’ and our mission of ‘Working together to improve the lives our people in
North Ayrshire’. It demonstrates how we are contributing all of our priorities
‘Wellbeing’, ‘Communities and Local Democracy’, ‘Climate Change’ and ‘A
Sustainable Council’ in ensuring children’s rights are embedded throughout our
services. 
This report directly supports the Health and Social Care Partnership Strategic Plan
and vision to ensure that ‘People who live in North Ayrshire are able to have a safe,
healthy and active life’. 
This report directly supports the North Ayrshire Community Planning Partnership
Plan and three key themes of ‘Wellbeing’, ‘Work’ and ‘World’.  
25

Page 26

5. CONSULTATION 
Contributions from services across our Council and Partners have been included in
this report. Services regularly consult with children, young people and families. A
Young Person’s version of the report will be developed over the summer months to
ensure it is fully accessible for our young people. The Annual Report will also be
presented to the Children's Services Strategic Partnership, North Ayrshire Council
Cabinet and NHS Ayrshire and Arran.   
Caroline Cameron, Director (North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership) 
Lauren McMath, Policy Officer (Childrens Services), 01294 324160 or email:
laurenmcmath@north-ayrshire.gov.uk 
Appendices
• North Ayrshire Children’s Services Plan Performance Update report 2024-25
• Appendix 1: Children’s Services Action Report 2024-25
• Appendix 2: Children's Services Performance Indicators Report 2024-25
• Appendix 3: Whole Family Wellbeing Fund Annual Summary Report
26

Page 27

Children’s Services Plan – Performance
Report 2024-25 
27

Page 28

2 
Welcome 
Welcome to our 2024-25 annual report. This report will demonstrate some of the key work of
the North Ayrshire Children’s Services Strategic Partnership and shows our progress and
achievements over the past year. We have been working towards our shared vision for
‘North Ayrshire to be the best place in Scotland to grow up’ and continuing to focus on
promoting children and young people’s wellbeing, underpinned by Getting it Right for Every
Child (GIRFEC) and the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC).
We recognise that our strong partnership foundation in North Ayrshire provides continued
commitment to collectively focus on improving outcomes for our infants, children, young
people and their families. We will continue to strive to ensure we place them at the very
heart of service delivery so we can provide the right support at the right time.
I would like to thank all those who deliver the amazing work every day to ensure our infants,
children, young people and their families have the best opportunity to live safe, healthy and
active lives and achieve their full potential.   
Caroline Cameron Director North Ayrshire Health and Social Care
Partnership (Chair of North Ayrshire Children’s Services Strategic
Partnership) 
28

Page 29

3 
Introduction
This report focuses on the collaborative working of the partner members over the past year
and has been organised around the five Children’s Services Plan Priorities. 
We are currently reporting on the second year of our Children’s Services Plan which covers
the period of 2023 to 2026. Our 2023-26 Children’s Services Plan has five Strategic
Priorities which are shown below. 
Our Children’s Services Strategic Partnership is the responsible group providing leadership
in the delivery of the Children’s Services Plan’s vision of our children and young people
having the best start in life and for North Ayrshire to be the best place to grow up. This
strategic group includes members from: 
o North Ayrshire Council
o NHS Ayrshire and Arran 
o North Ayrshire Health & Social Care Partnership
o Police Scotland
o Scottish Children’s Reporters Administration
o Care Inspectorate
o Children’s Panel 
o Third Sector
o Scottish Fire and Rescue
o Ayrshire College
o KA Leisure 
Appendix 1 provides detailed updates for the 2023-26 Children’s Services Plan Actions
Appendix 2 provides Performance Indicator data   
For any further information please contact Lauren McMath, laurenmcmath@north-
ayrshire.gov.uk
29

Page 30

4 
Priority 1: The rights of children and young people are
promoted and protected
Key Highlights and Progress 
Children’s Rights 
We have been working to champion the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the
Child (UNCRC), ensuring that all children in North Ayrshire have their rights met, protected
and advocated for. In July 2024, the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child
(Incorporation) (Scotland) Act 2024 came into effect. The Act provides protection for the
human rights of children and young people in Scotland. 
Young people have been actioning UNCRC Article 12 (right to be heard) through a host of
events, activities and online engagements. Our Executive Youth Council are in the process
of designing and developing a Pupil Council Toolkit in partnerships with Education. The
incorporation of UNCRC is a key focus of training staff and young people in UNCRC
awareness, realising rights and child friendly reporting.
Rights Respecting Schools remained a focus during academic session 2023-24 with 97% of
establishments engaged in the accreditation process. This number is significantly higher
than the Scottish average of 78%. 
LGBT Youth Scotland Charter
North Ayrshire secondary schools are championing equality as they work to maintain their
LGBT Youth Scotland Charter of Education status. Guided by the Equality Act 2010 and
known in schools as the LGBT Charter, the programme is based on the Universal
Declaration of Human Rights and the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. 
30

Page 31

5 
Being accredited enables schools to share a
positive message championing the LGBT
community, with confidence, where all
LGBTQ+ staff, parents and learners can be
safe, supported and included. 
Six North Ayrshire secondary schools have
now either achieved or are on their journey to
achieving their next level LGBT Charter for
Education accreditation. 
There are four LGBT Charter award levels
offered - Foundation, Bronze, Silver and Gold
- with accreditation taking anywhere between
12 and 18 months to complete.
Greenwood Academy currently hold Silver
Level accreditation and are working towards
the highest accolade of Gold. 
Although not a school – the Youth Services
team part of the council’s Community
Learning and Development team and should
still be recognised equally for their
accomplishments to achieve the Silver Level.
Arran High School, Garnock Community Campus, Largs, Kilwinning, Irvine Royal (pictured
above) and Auchenharvie Academies who currently hold Bronze, are the schools working
hard this year to level-up to Silver accreditation. 
We understand that many young LGBT people can often experience a sense of isolation and
unfortunately can face many barriers in life including feeling discriminated against or being
socially disconnected from their peers.
31

Page 32

6 
Examples of recent status work include:
 The Umbrella Group’s Purple Friday
Bake Sale at Garnock Academy
raising £70 for LGBT Youth Scotland 
 Irvine Royal’s LGBT film screening and
LGBT Icons History session 
 A series of creative workshops run by
North Ayrshire Youth Services to
encourage their Modern Apprentices
and Joint Youth Forum to create
positive poetry and messages to be
shared on social media during LGBT
History Month 
The LGBT Charter is just one of the many ways we
are working to safeguard young people with
protected characteristics so that they can become
confident learners and empowered citizens who
can be their true, authentic selves. 
32

Page 33

7 
Engagement and Consultation 
Our Youth Services Team are central to the engagement and consultation with our young
people through various methods including community-based youth forums, executive youth
council, thematic youth work groups, Joint Cabinet (pictured below), P7 youth council and
various other events. We also actively engage with young people to gather their views and
opinions through online methods and social media. 
These topics are co designed and produced with young people and provide valuable data to
inform polices, plans and service delivery. 
We continue to work with a range of partners to ensure young people are given the
opportunity to be involved in their local community. Nationally this includes Youth Scotland,
Youthlink, Young Scot and Scottish Youth Parliament.  
We work with a range of third sector organisations to support youth work delivery including
Arran Youth Foundation, Police Scotland, Beith Trust, PRYDE, Irvine Youth Legacy Hub and
many more. 
33

Page 34

8 
Through consistent engagement and consultation, we identify local need, service provision
gaps and needs and wants of young people.  Fire and rescue, Police Scotland, Education
and KA leisure partnered with us to lead a S3 Leadership programme.
Within the 2024-25 academic year, there is an on-going pilot of Education Scotland’s Young
Leaders of Learning programme across 8 secondary schools, 10 primaries within a single
cluster and an early years establishment. 
This programme seeks to strengthen learner participation and support improvement through
pupil led improvement activities, which ensures pupil voices are heard and views are
respected. 
The Executive Youth Council has 12 active members from across North Ayrshire. This
overarching youth voice structure represents the views of our young people across schools
and communities. 
Currently the group are working in partnership with Education staff to design and launch a
Pupil Council Toolkit that will give schools tools and resources to support pupil voice
structures. 
The group have recently held their AGM where the board were elected. The group have
recently led our Joint Youth Forum that brings all of our youth voice groups together from
each locality to work on common aims and receive training. 
Executive Youth Council is the overarching youth
voice structure representing the views of young
people across our schools and communities. 
34

Page 35

9 
The session held in February included an introduction to the Mental Health and Wellbeing
pilot of financial literacy and wellbeing, working on the pupil council toolkit and creating
poems and literature to support the LGBT work we do locally. Young people also had the
opportunity to update us on what UNCRC means to them which will be used to create a
comms media plan for the future.  
Our MSYPs continue to be the representative voice for young people and have been
working to gather views for the Scottish Youth Parliament Manifesto. Furthermore, they are
working on their national campaign priorities around access to youth work, mental health and
wellbeing and gender-based violence.  
Various Youth Forums sit on working groups – Through Our Garnock Valley, MSYPs sit on
Irvine Town Board, North Coast Youth Forum are supporting Helter Skelter issue funds
through their funding applications. 
35

Page 36

10 
Digital Learning 
St Matthew’s Academy, Saltcoats, has become the first secondary school in Scotland to
receive a prestigious accolade for digital education - the Digital Schools Endorsement
Award. The Digital Schools Awards (DSA) is a national awards scheme that promotes,
recognises and encourages a whole-school approach to the use of digital technology.  
By June 2024, a total of 22 schools have achieved their Digital Schools Award with almost
all schools registered and on their journey towards completion of the Award. 
An established network of Digital Coordinators continued to meet termly to develop digital
skills and cascade these within their school contexts. To support the development of our
learners’ digital skills, 26 courses were delivered with over 560 teaching staff involved. 
St Matthew’s Academy in Saltcoats has become the
first secondary school in Scotland to receive a
prestigious accolade for digital education. 
36

Page 37

11 
Sustainability and outdoor learning 
We are supporting schools to engage with partner organisations and national programmes
that enhance learning for sustainability. Engagement with Keep Scotland Beautiful Climate
Action Schools is very positive. During the 2023-24 academic session, 24 primary schools
participated in Climate Ready Classrooms. 
A further 25 schools hold a current Eco-schools accreditation and 3 schools are participating
in the Learning about Forests programme. 
Improving teaching and learning outdoors has been supported through the Go Wild
professional learning programme that was delivered to two early years settings and nine
primary schools during 2023-24 school year. 
The Go Wild programme supported early years practitioners and primary teaching staff with
a variety of practical activities to support the delivery of literacy and STEM (science,
technology, engineering and maths) activities outdoors. Training was delivered jointly by
North Ayrshire Countryside Rangers and the STEM Education Support Officer and focussed
on: 
 activities for speaking and listening
 outdoor areas as a context for creative writing
 den building
 fire lighting
 activities to deepen understanding of biodiversity
STEM Awareness: British Science Week (7-16 March)
North Ayrshire STEM team also recently raised awareness via social media of biodiversity,
renewable energy and conservation during British Science Week (7-16 March).
This year had the theme ‘Adapt and Change’ and schools across North Ayrshire participated
in a range of live lessons, visits from industry professionals and STEM activities delivered by
the STEM team and classroom teachers. 
37

Page 38

12 
Highlights included:
 STEM team visiting 5 primary schools during the week and provided P1 and 2
learners with play experiences to develop understanding of forces and energy
changes 
 P3 and 4 learners explored energy changes and were able to use equipment
purchased with ‘Clean Air Day’ funding to generate their own carbon free electricity
 P5-7 learners investigated climate change, with a focus on how increased carbon
dioxide levels in oceans is causing ‘ocean acidification’ 
British Science Week is an annual event aimed at inspiring the next generation of STEM
professionals while challenging existing stereotypes around STEM careers and pathways.
Photo highlights from the schools the STEM team visited are above, including Montgomerie
Park, St John's and Loudoun Montgomery Primary Schools.
West Kilbride Primary Wildflower Meadow 
Pupils at West Kilbride Primary School have supported the Ayrshire Nectar Network. The
Network is a project that is being spearheaded by the Scottish Wildlife Trust, with backing
from partners including North and South Ayrshire councils. 
North Ayrshire Council has contributed £100,000 to the Network through the Scottish
Government’s Nature Restoration Fund (NRF), which helps local authorities fund projects
that help tackle the nature emergency we are currently experiencing. 
38

Page 39

13 
The number of pollinators – including bees is in severe decline and they need human help to
survive. The Network is also seeing the creation and connection of nectar and pollen-rich
habitats across North and South Ayrshire, with wildflower meadows and trees being planted
to establish pollinator “highways”. 
Land – from small pockets of grass to large swathes of fields – is being linked up to create a
corridor of flowers that bees, butterflies, moths, bats and birds will benefit from. This will
ensure that they don’t go hungry and, in turn, help provide the food we eat and the flowers
we see, while also boosting biodiversity. 
At the school, pupils and volunteers have been working hard to create a wildflower meadow
within the grounds to provide shelter and food for important pollinators including bees,
forming part of the larger pollinator highway. 
Excited P3 and P4 children have been planting wildflower seeds and bulbs for their meadow
and they should see the results of their efforts in spring. Children are learning about their
rights and Article 29 of the Convention highlights that they have the right to an education,
which should develop their respect for the environment. 
39

Page 40

14 
Headteacher Gemma Carson said: 
“The Wildflower Meadow is part of a larger piece of
work in developing our outdoor learning programme,
with enhance opportunities for planting and growing
being offered to pupils across the school in line with
the Royal Horticultural Gardening Awards
programme. As part of this process, pupils recently
grew and harvested their own vegetable product to
cook soup, with P7 buddies helping our P1 pupils to
learn how to cut and grate.  We have also been
ambitious in our outdoor learning provision, with
pupils learning fire and den building skills outdoors.
P1 pupils also recently enjoyed toasting
marshmallows for an outdoor snack.” 
Young Carers 
North Ayrshire Council signed up to the Young Carers Covenant in 2024. The carer Team
are supporting primary and secondary schools across North Ayrshire to sign up and to be
part of the Young Carers in Schools challenge. It involves a set of outcomes that young
people have highlighted as being key to improving their lives. This shows our commitment to
identifying young carers at the earliest opportunity, ensuring they feel safe and secure and
have choices in their lives. 
Each school has a nominated Young Carers Champion who are supported by Young Carer
Locality Officers from the Carers Gateway North Ayrshire (CGNA). An agreed CGNA offer
has been communicated to all schools with the provision of 1 to 1 support and drop-in
sessions, Young Carer Awareness Training and Young Carers Statement Training.
The Young Carers Education Information Pack was launched in October 2024 to provide
staff within education with an overall understanding of the duties and approach in North
Ayrshire to identifying, working with and supporting young carers.
A programme of engagement and review on the current Young Carers Statement (YCS) has
been progressed with final sign off from Social Work Governance Board in April 2025. CGNA
Young Carers Team facilitated face to face sessions with 55 young carers aged 6 – 15
across North Ayrshire schools. 36 families also engaged with an online survey. Feedback
was also offered from Children and Families Services. The updated YCS was shaped
through a range of consultations, activities, and surveys to ensure the voices and lived
experiences of young carers were at the heart of its design. The aim was to create a more
40

Page 41

15 
meaningful, accessible, and supportive tool that better reflects the needs and aspirations of
young carers. As a result, the updated statement is more user-friendly and person-centred,
supporting improved identification, planning, and delivery of appropriate support for each
young carer.
Since January 2025, Carers Gateway has also been involved in completing and reporting on
Young Carers Statements. In addition to collaborating with educational institutions, they
place a strong emphasis on supporting young carers who face challenges with school
attendance, have left formal education, or are being home educated.
Young carers reported that the YCS is valuable to them. It ensures at least one staff member
is informed about their personal circumstances. Young carers reported that their voices had
been heard after completing their statement, they feel listened to and supported. They would
appreciate the removal of the future/ emergency planning section, language was in places
complex and questions repetitive. Overall, young carers wanted a shorter, more accessible
YCS would be appropriate to assist in better caring conversations. All participants were
happy for the original separate primary and secondary YCS to be condensed into one
document. 
At 31/03/2025, 549 young carers were recorded on Seemis (education system) and 492
registered with CGNA, crossover information means there is an estimated 650 identified
young carers.  In the reporting period 1/4/2024 - 31/03/2025 Education staff offered 406
young carers the opportunity to prepare a YCS. To date 366 were accepted and completed
via schools and an additional 5 completed by CGNA.
Young Carers have once again benefitted from the Young Carers Education Fund. The fund
can be used for anything that will improve or maintain the young person’s physical,
emotional mental health and wellbeing or life chances, reduce social isolation, and improve
attainment. 115 children and young people have accessed the fund this year. Young Carers
work with a key adult to complete a young carers statement and co-design any supports.
Funds have been used for driving lessons, days out to have a break from caring. A cinema
pass was provided to allow a young person to have time away from caring responsibilities
each week and one young person asked for cookbooks and utensils so they could pursue
their love of cooking.
115 children and young people in North Ayrshire have
accessed the Young Carers Education Fund this year. 
41

Page 42

16 
The Promise                                                                        
We continue to welcome the findings of the Independent Care Review and subsequent
publication of The Promise and the call to action that lies within. We continue to remain
committed to improving outcomes for children, young people and families in our communities
and recognise that, whilst progress has been made in the first five years, there are many
areas we will continue to develop and improve over the remaining life span of this 10-year
ambitious plan.
Plan 24-30 is Scotland's most current strategic roadmap to fulfil the commitments made in
The Promise, by 2030. Launched on June 20, 2024, this plan outlines the necessary actions,
responsible parties, and timelines to ensure that all children in Scotland grow up loved, safe,
and respected. 
The plan is structured around five key foundations: 
 Voice: Ensuring children and young people are heard
 Family: Supporting families to stay together
 Care: Providing high-quality care when needed. People: Empowering those who
work with children and families. 
 Scaffolding: Building the systems and structures to support these changes All the
conclusions of the Independent Care Review have been organised and grouped
under these foundations in a way that makes sense for the work still required. 
Plan 24-30 is dynamic website (www.plan2430.scot) rather than a traditional strategy
document as Plan 21-24 was. It will be updated to reflect progress and ongoing needs at
various points throughout its lifespan. It aims to create a collaborative effort across various
sectors, including education, health, housing, justice, and local government.
Champions Board for Care Experienced Children and Young People
North Ayrshire Champions Board are a group of care experienced young
people that take part in groups within their local secondary schools during
either lunchtimes or within a school period. 
The aim of the groups is to allow young people to speak about their
experience within a safe space if they choose to do so and to allow them
to work or plan projects that may positively impact them. 
They act as the youth voice for care experienced young people within
North Ayrshire. Currently we have these groups running in all secondary
schools. We hosted our latest Primary 7 youth council with 140 young
people from across all localities focussing on cyber resilience, physical exercise and
wellbeing, positive mindset and child poverty.
Our Care Experienced week celebration event celebrated the work of the Corporate
Parenting Team, North Ayrshire wide Corporate Parents and the achievements of our Care
Experienced young people over the past year. 
42

Page 43

17 
We highlighted our Team’s development of the Champions Board and Promise Champions
Network, we had a feature on employability support, shout outs to North Ayrshire-wide
Corporate Parents, an introduction from our Promise Delivery Partner, and an on-stage
discussion with Corporate Parents from MCR Pathways, Active Schools, Educational
Psychology, Dance Therapy and the ESOL Hub based in Auchenharvie Academy. 
The event was well attended with great engagement from both Corporate Parents and young
people. 61 adults and young people attended. Attendees commented on there being a good
balance of content between our work, North Ayrshire-wide work and young people’s work.
There was a mixture of content applicable to a variety of ages.  
Young people have taken part in a co-design opportunity with Children’s Hearings Scotland,
have been planning fundraising events/assembly presentations and creating school-wide
charters and will be approving/wording questions for our collaboration with Canmore
Children’s House around language. 
The annual Promise Conference was held in December 2024. 73 Care Experienced young
people from across our Secondary Schools joined the conference to learn about The
Promise Scotland Plan 24-30, meet local Corporate Parents and connect with each other.
Plans are in place for a 2nd Promise Conference to take place later this year for primary
aged children.
Launch of new app for Care Experienced Young People
In February 2025, we launched a brand-new mobile app for care experienced young people.
The new app has been developed with the help of pupils from local secondary schools over
the past 18 months. Called ‘CE4U’ (Care Experience for You), the mobile app has been
designed specifically for care experienced young people. #
Free to download, its aim is to provide a hub of useful information and helpful advice on
everyday topics including housing, travel, mental and physical health, recipes, job
opportunities and entitlements.
Developed by young people for young people, the app collaboration was made possible due
to fortnightly Champions Board meetings that take place in our secondary schools. These
drop-ins provide a safe space for care experienced pupils to get advice, plan peer events
and access scaffolding and support to help them succeed.
43

Page 44

18 
The new app is a brilliant example of how we are adapting the support we provides to meet
the needs of our young people. 
It also demonstrates our commitment to #Article20 of the United Nations Convention on the
Rights of the Child ‘Children and young people in care have right to special protection and
help if they can’t be looked after by their own family.’  As Corporate Parents, we are
committed to ensuring that everyone who is care experienced feels safe, nurtured and
supported. 
Promise Champion Staff Network 
In March 2024 we launched a Promise
Champion network - a supportive,
collaborative staff network of Corporate
Parents led by our Corporate Parenting
Engagement and Participation Lead. 
The network encourages sharing of best
practice and partnership working. 
Promise Champions are enthusiastic
about their roles and have been
instrumental in raising awareness of The
Promise and Corporate Parenting with
their colleagues and wider communities. 
44

Page 45

The Promise Champions staff network has 75
Corporate Parents across North Ayrshire involved (as
of March 2025) and continues to grow
The network also met in smaller sector-focused groups in June 2024, where Promise
Champions gained an understanding of using trauma-informed language when speaking or
writing about care experienced people. They also looked at how to reduce stigma and
discrimination for the care experienced community.
Brighter Pathways – remodelling outcomes on the edge of care
Our Brighter Pathways transformation activity commenced in April 2024 with the aspiration
of taking collective action to improve outcomes for our care experienced children and young
people and those young people on the edge of care. The transformational work required has
been addressed through the implementation of various focussed workstreams looking at
how services can be delivered differently to ensure that children and young people have
access to appropriate supports at the right time. 
The work undertaken within the workstreams has strategic oversight from the Brighter
Pathways Programme Board. Some key changes to practice and service delivery have
already been made, for example, enhancements to our Supported Carer scheme, a new
digital approach to Foster Care Recruitment, enhanced collaboration and partnership
working with our education colleagues, with further proposals being scoped out and/ or
finalised with regards to a range of activity including the development of a new Foster Care
scheme and the development of a local, bespoke model of supported care specific to young
people who are on the brink of transitioning to adulthood.
Advocacy 
Independent, community-based advocacy continues to be provided via Barnardo’s Hear 4U
service. It provides one to one advocacy to children and young people and priority is given to
children and young people who:
 Are involved in the Child Protection process and/or Children’s Hearing system
 Are care experienced in Foster Care, Residential Care and/or Kinship Care
 Are on the periphery of Secure Care
 Were previously looked after and accommodated
 Have additional support needs
They continue to support young people to ensure they are aware of their rights.  They are
committed to ensuring that the voices of children and young people are heard, in a way
which builds their confidence, also ensuring that they are listened to and their rights are
appropriately represented, when decisions are made. 
45

Page 46

20 
Priority 2: Acting early to improve what happens next
Key Highlights and Progress 
Additional Support for Learning 
Working in partnership with two Ayrshire based parental support groups (ASN Support
Ayrshire and ASN Parents and Kids Irvine & 3 Towns), the Education Service has designed
and delivered a series of engagement hubs focusing on the key challenges families face
when navigating their child’s journey through education. 
These run monthly and feedback has been 100% positive with a calendar of events being
designed for session 2025-26. Updated literature around how needs are supported within
early years settings and schools has been refreshed and distributed through this forum.
Our Community Learning and Development Mental Health and Wellbeing work is inclusive of
supporting young parents through group work and events. 
Our Take Time Families provision brings primary aged young people together with their
parents and carers to provide support, training and a safe space to connect and learn vital
skills around resilience, wellbeing and building strong family connections. 
Support is also given through our Grandparents group that builds connections through an
intergenerational group.  
The Inclusion Ambassadors programme piloted in almost all secondary schools alongside
the Success Looks Different Awards which were publicised to all establishments and support
was available for those who wished to apply.
Secondary schools have been linking with the Scottish Government in the codesign of the
national measurement framework and dashboard with a specific focus on capturing the
successes and achievements of young people who are following different pathways.
46

Page 47

21 
Child Protection 
A full multiagency approach was taken to the implementation of new Child Protection
National Guidance. Briefings were created by the Child Protection Committee (CPC) around
all aspects of changes required to implement the guidance in September 2023. Since then,
further pathways have been developed and our Child Protection training for social work staff
has been updated to reflect the National Child Protection guidance.
The Signs of Safety practice model has been implemented across our entire Children and
Families Service from the point of referral to Service Access. Partner briefings have
continued to be provided through the Child Protection Committee training calendar to assist
all other agencies to understand the practice model. Leaflets have been developed that are
shared with both families and partner agencies on what to expect. Assessments and plans
have been redesigned and implemented using a Signs of Safety practice approach.
The Signs of Safety practice model has been
implemented across our entire Children and Families
Service from the point of referral to Service Access.
The Signs of Safety model works in collaboration with families to identify strengths and
family and wider support networks who can assist to support the children’s wellbeing or child
protection plan that has been established.  All Children and families team paperwork
identifies family strengths and “what is working well”. Equally core partners, including
Education have adapted the child protection concern referral to incorporate what is working
well in addition to what we are worried about. 
Children and Families Health Support
There are over 5,000 children aged 0-4 years in North Ayrshire, all of whom are supported
by either a Health Visitor or a Family Nurse.  In addition to following the nationally agreed
Universal Health Visiting Pathway from the antenatal period through to a child commencing
school, children under 5 and their families continue to have access to additional support from
the wider, integrated early years team.  
During 2024-25 (as at 24 March 25), 914 requests for assistance from the various members
of the integrated team were made.  This included:
 546 for Health Visiting Support Workers for areas such as communication, sleep,
toileting, infant feeding and behaviour
 103 for the Perinatal Wellbeing Team, supporting new and expectant mums
experiencing low level mental health difficulties
 91 for Early Years Social Workers supporting with domestic violence, parental mental
health difficulties amongst others
 72 for the Family Nurturers who offer support around bonding and attachment,
routines, home conditions and community integration
 40 for the Healthcare Support Worker who provides additional support to the
Perinatal Wellbeing Team as well as baby massage
 38 for support to dads via our partnership with national charity Dads Rock
 24 for specialist infant feeding support
47

Page 48

22 
Our peer support service has been expanded to all breastfeeding mothers. For the first three
quarters of 2024-25:
 81.3% of breastfeeding mothers in North Ayrshire engaged in peer support
 83% of breastfeeding mothers in Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) area 1
who are discharged engage with peer support
 81.9% of breastfeeding mothers in SIMD 2 who are discharged engage with peer
support 
In March 2025, the announcement was made that
NHS Ayrshire & Arran and the three Ayrshire Health
and Social Care Partnerships have retained the
UNICEF Baby Friendly Gold Award Accreditation. The
top accolade demonstrates our continued high-
quality care for families to support breastfeeding.
48

Page 49

The Health Visiting service continues to fully implement the national Universal Health Visiting
Pathway, with all children under 5 and their families offered a minimum of 11 visits from the
ante-natal period through to the child starting school. Developmental assessments are
undertaken at 13-15 months; 27-30 months and 4-5 years. Since 2020, the percentage of
children with one or more developmental concern at these assessments has increased.
A slight improvement in developmental concerns at the 27-30 month assessment has been
observed in the last twelve months but a significant increase in concerns at the 4 year review
have also been noted, as well as a slight increase in concerns at the 13-15 month review.
This trend is not unique to North Ayrshire and the Scottish Government has set out actions
to attempt to address this nationally within the recently published Enhancing the Delivery of
the Health Visiting Service: Scotland’s Health Visiting Action Plan 2025-2035 (Scottish
Government, 2025).  Locally, we have undertaken a review of our Early Years Support Team
and have established closer working relationships with early years education colleagues to
take forward a programme of work that includes improved information sharing about
developmental concerns at an earlier stage; enhanced links between the HV service and
early years establishments; a focus on communication needs in children as a priority within
our Getting it Right for Every Child (GIRFEC) Steering Group; and shared work around
supporting more children to be toilet ready in the early years.
Our Early Years Support Team works alongside the Health Visiting team to provide support
to families when developmental concerns are identified or when a family requests additional
support in other areas. During 2024/25, 933 children and their families were supported, an
increase of 10.3% from 2023/24, in areas such as communication, sleep, toileting, home
conditions, parental mental health and routines.
During 2024/25 we expanded our partnership with national charity Dads Rock to bring a
second dads’ worker to the area.  This has allowed us to offer 1-1 and group support to dads
in the Irvine and Kilwinning areas, as well as the original Three Towns area.  During 2024/25,
53 dads have been supported with 81 children being positively impacted.
Child healthy weight
Over the last three decades, obesity levels in children have increased, with inequalities
observed across our communities. Maintaining a healthy weight throughout childhood is
associated with many health benefits both in the short-term and the medium term. 
Child healthy weight is monitored throughout the universal Health Visiting pathway but also
when a child moves into Primary 1. The most recent data for 2023/24 was released in
December 2024. For North Ayrshire:
 74.8% of P1 children measured were of a healthy weight. This is a reduction of 1.9%
on 2022/23 figure; however, it is still the second highest percentage in the last five
years.
 12.4% of P1 children measured were at risk of overweight.  This is a 0.3%
improvement on the 2022/23 figure and the lowest % since 2008/09.
 11.9% of P1 children measured were at risk of obesity, a 1.8% increase since
2022/23. 
Early Learning and Childcare 
The funded 1140 hours of Early Learning and Childcare is now being delivered with flexibility
and choice for parents across localities. Our models offer a blend of full year and term time
places with various patterns in establishments delivering 8am-6pm and 9am-3pm.
49

Page 50

24 
Allocations have taken place for session 2025-26 and 87% of parents have been offered
their 1st choice of early years establishment. 
The early years team is working in partnership with services to increase the number of
funded childminders with particular focus on the islands and the North Coast.
Dental Health 
The Childsmile programme is delivered on an Ayrshire wide basis, receiving referrals from
multiple sources including health visitors, school nurses and via dental services. We
continue to develop the programme to meet the needs of the population and have recently
completed a service evaluation of the service provided by the Dental Health Support
Workers, which will feed into our strategic plans for the next 3-5 years to ensure a high
quality and meaningful service. 
Our National Dental Inspection Programme (NDIP) figures indicated a marginal improvement
on the previous inspections, but overall improvements have slowed, and careful
consideration of next steps to be taken to improve oral health further. In 2025, we will be
commencing a new Oral Health Improvement Action Plan- which is designed to set the
strategic direction in oral health improvement for the next 10 years.
Speech and Language Therapy 
All Early Years establishments have a nominated Communication Champion who links
closely with the Children and Young People’s Speech & Language Therapy (CYP SLT)
Team, receiving accredited Hanen Learning Language and Loving It training for enhancing
the environment in early years to be communication friendly. The team also offers training
sessions on specific speech, language and communication areas which are open to all early
years and primary staff.  
The CYP SLT team offers both virtual and in person drop-in slots where any parent or carer
with a concern about their child's speech, language and communication can request a half
hour slot during which they receive advice, resources or completion of a request for
assistance if the child is requiring a SLT assessment.  Early Years establishments and
Primary schools can also request these drop-ins for children in their care.
CYP SLT are part of a recently created North Ayrshire Early Language Network (created
May 2024) with a focus on 0-5 years. 
The Network has representatives from Education in the Early years, Psychology, Health
Visiting, Speech & Language Therapy, Family Nurse Partnership and the third sector. 
The focus of the Network is to look at the pathways for infants and children and their families
seeking advice or support for speech, language and communication, map what is working
well and where the gaps in these pathways are and co-produce solutions. The Network
meets on a regular basis.
CYP SLT work closely with the Ayrshire Neurodevelopmental Empowerment and Strategy
Team (NEST) to provide in person workshops on "Supporting your autistic child's
communication", providing information and an opportunity for families to discuss their
concerns about their autistic child's communication. A virtual drop in (over Attend Anywhere)
for families of children with social communication differences is run jointly with our partners
in Occupational Therapy. 
50

Page 51

25 
Speech and Language Therapy assistants link closely with our partners in libraries delivering
Bookbug sessions and attending Breastfeeding network sessions to share key messages for
developing all children's speech, language and communication.
Two Speech and Language Therapists work as part of a multi-disciplinary team who offer
assessment and diagnosis of neurodevelopmental conditions, mainly Autism for children
aged 3-6. This is a pan Ayrshire service. 
The CYP SLT Team is working to reduce the Wait Times for SLT assessment and
subsequent specialist support through the initiatives already highlighted. An increase in
staffing and a more balanced skill mix has supported service improvement plans. As a result
the waiting times have steadily reduced. Between February 2024 and February 2025, the
Children and Young People waiting times reduced by 64% from 138 weeks to 50 weeks.
ESOL (English for Speakers of other Languages) and Asylum Seekers and
Refugee support
The New Scots ESOL Hub finished its first academic term in June 2024. The 'test of change'
for providing education to Unaccompanied Asylum Seeking Children and Trafficked Young
People which ran from late February to June 2024 proved highly successful. 
51

Page 52

26 
Six of our dedicated young people from the New
Scots ESOL Hub were supported to apply for full time
ESOL courses and were successful.
Six of our young people were supported to apply for full time ESOL college courses and
were successful. A number of these young people were placed in higher level courses than
they had initially applied for. 
The New Scots ESOL Hub is more than just English lessons, it provides the opportunity for
our young people to be part of a community. They also receive ongoing support with any
issues and with their wellbeing. Two sessions of sport are provided per week. Recently,
there has been a focus on football and basketball. 
The students have learned vocabulary relating to football, practised various drills and worked
on their team skills. They have developed their ability to communicate during play, and how
to pass, shoot and defend correctly. They are also learning how to play basketball. This has
proven to be more challenging to play than football but we are all gradually learning the rules
and skills required and having fun while doing so.
Whilst supporting our Syrian Families, we identified a need to raise awareness around Oral
Health and how to engage with Dental Services. Also to encourage more play within the
family home in early child years. 
52

Page 53

27 
We worked in partnership with the Childsmile Team, Dietetic Health and Improvement Team
also a support worker of the health visiting team to promote Health and Wellbeing. We
targeted some families and were hosted at the Syrian Hub by service users who regularly
meet there every two weeks. One of our service users took part in the planning of the event
and volunteered on the day. 
The Childsmile Team brought information in Arabic and interactive quizzes for the parents
and children. Dental packs were provided for the families to take home to promote good oral
hygiene. The team were also able to promote fluoride varnishing programme to the parents
through our Bilingual Support as the uptake was very low due to the letters from the school
being in English. 
The day was well attended, and all the families enjoyed learning about the Childsmile
service, playing the sugar game with the Dietetic team, and exploring activities they could
play with the children within the home that don’t cost anything but support health and
wellbeing. 
53

Page 54

28 
Family Centred Wellbeing - Improving Mental & Physical Health and
Wellbeing
The Family Centred Wellbeing Service (FCWS) are a team of 14 wellbeing workers who
support families with children between the ages of 5-18. We currently support over 170
families, with sessions provided within the family’s homes, within our offices, community
buildings and schools. 
We seek to build on existing parenting capacity and provide practical support, advice, and
guidance that will enhance family wellbeing and relationships. The team use the facilities in
Meadowcroft to bake and cook with our families, giving them an opportunity to connect, bond
and learn life skills that can have a positive impact on their wellbeing and finances. We use
the garden to develop play-based skills and to encourage positive mental health and
wellbeing. 
Over the summer, the team devised and facilitated a summer programme that ran twice a
week for the full summer. They utilised accessible community resources in every area and
did free activities with families to help build their confidence and show parents and carers
how to access outdoor activities that will have a positive impact on their physical and
emotional health. It also encouraged families to access local community resources and build
further contacts within the community, reducing the impact of social isolation. 
Working in partnership with KA Leisure and their young leaders, our children and families
were supported to learn sports skills. We took kites to the local beach and learned how to fly
them, we did chalk art with the families on the rocks, we paddled in the water and most of all,
we spent time with each other. 
The team have a good social media presence (800 followers across both platforms) and they
utilise that to share and promote upcoming events, local groups and activities and to
promote social inclusion and wellbeing. The team have established a group that meets
weekly with the Three Towns Growers, which has allowed our families to learn how to grow
and sustain food. Some of this produce also goes to the local Foodbanks and it has been a
great way to build a sense of community spirit and capacity. 
54

Page 55

29 
55

Page 56

30 
Priority 3: Making things fairer
Key Highlights and Progress
Educational Attainment
A new data visualisation tool has been launched with all schools to support the tracking and
analysis of progress in learning across the Broad General Education stages. This will
support more effective targeting of interventions and raising attainment strategies. Trackers
have also been developed for Early Years establishments to track progress across Literacy,
Numeracy and Health and Wellbeing which align more closely with Curriculum for
Excellence (CfE). 
A Data Service Improvement Group has been created in session 2024-25 which consists of
senior leaders across Primary and Secondary schools focussing on the use of data to
collaboratively support improvements for raising attainment and closing the poverty-related
attainment gap. Data clinics have also taken place to offer support in this area. Early Years
and Primary senior leaders have worked collaboratively to create consistency of approach
and resource in the tracking of Literacy and Numeracy. 
The annual leavers attainment and positive destinations statistics were published nationally
at the end of February 2025. This follows the annual publication of Curriculum for Excellence
attainment data in December 2024. There is a varied picture across a range of measures,
with some clear strengths and areas for further improvement. 
The latest published achievement figures are for 2023-24. Combined Numeracy
achievement for P1, P4 & P7 is 76%, in line with attainment in the previous year. Similarly,
combined Literacy achievement for P1, P4 & P7 is 69%, again in line with attainment in the
previous year.
Performance of all school leavers in attaining Literacy at Level 4 and Level 5 displays a
positive 5-year picture. In 2023-24, our school leavers have outperformed all other
comparators at level 5, with 93% achieving literacy at level 4 or better and 81% achieving
literacy at level 5 or better. The performance of our school leavers in attaining Numeracy at
Level 4 and Level 5 also displays a positive 5-year trend. For Level 4, 90% of leavers
achieved this and 71% of all leavers achieved Level 5.
The performance of all school leavers with 1 qualification at Level 5 and 1 qualification at
Level 6 continues to improve. In session 2023-24, 87% of all school leavers achieved at
least one qualification at Level 5 which is broadly in line with the previous year.  68% of
school leavers achieved at least one qualification at Level 6 which is almost 2 percentage
points higher than in session 2022-23.
In terms of school leaver destinations, an initial positive destination means that a school
leaver has gone on to further or higher education, training, skills development or
employment immediately after leaving school. At 96%, the proportion of our leavers moving
into an initial positive destination is in line with 2022-23. 
To maximise the percentage of school leavers entering and sustaining positive destinations,
schools continue to work in strong partnership with Skills Development Scotland and
Developing the Young Workforce (DYW) Ayrshire.
56

Page 57

31 
The links between Developing the Young Workforce (DYW) Ayrshire and our schools
continue to be further strengthened and supported by a range of vocational courses and
work placements delivered across all secondary schools. In total, 486 young people
participated in work placements which allowed them to develop a range of key employability
skills such as teamworking, communication and interpersonal skills. 
Our schools also held a range of DYW activities to support learners and their next steps
such as: careers events; employability workshops; mock interviews and how to write CV/
application forms; site visits; Further and Higher Education engagement and women into
STEM events.
Our schools continue to benefit from close partnership working with local businesses to
support the development of skills for learning, life and work. In session 2023-24, planning
began between NAC and Ayrshire College for piloting the Performing Engineering
Operations course. This qualification is a requirement for entering further study of
engineering disciplines and will support learners who progress to Further or Higher
Education. Connected to this, links have now been formed with a subsea cabling company
operating in North Ayrshire which will further support learner pathways as well as graduate
apprenticeship and wider employment opportunities in our local authority. 
Our Learning Estate
We have an excellent record of continuous improvement across our Learning Estate, and
Academic Year 2023-24 saw a number of major projects progressed which strengthen that
commitment:
 Completion of new build Montgomerie Park Primary School, Irvine 
 Completion of major refurbishment of Marress House, Early Years Centre, Irvine
 Final stages of the new build replacement of Moorpark Primary School, Kilbirnie
 Site works underway for a new Ardrossan Community Campus, which will replace
Ardrossan Academy and Winton Primary School
 Kitchen and servery works in preparation for the roll out of Universal Free School
Meals in Garnock Community Campus, Hayocks Primary School, Corsehill Primary
School and Whitehirst Park Primary School
 Significant replacement programme of ICT devices (laptops/PCs/ipads/Smartboards)
 Completion of the internal upgrade works at Kilwinning Academy 
Professional Learning
A full professional learning programme is in operation, including programmes for teachers,
early years practitioners and pupil support assistants. The Professional Learning Academy
(PLA) has a well-regarded in-residence delivery model to ensure training can be adopted,
practised and embedded in individual establishments.
The Professional Learning Academy work in partnership with the Educational Psychology
Service to deliver a breadth of professional learning opportunities including supporting
neurodivergent learners and promoting positive relationships and behaviour which are two of
our key priorities within education.
Excellence and Equity Leads (EELs) in early years establishments (allocated to those with
higher levels of deprivation) continue to focus on raising attainment and closing the poverty-
related attainment gap. More focused training with these Leads has provided ongoing
57

Page 58

32 
consistency of delivery and data collection. Work with the EELs and Education Scotland is
providing support and frameworks to ensure Early Years establishments can measure the
attainment in relation to the poverty related attainment gap.
MCR Pathways Programme 
In the 8 mainland Secondary schools, the MCR Pathways Young Talent programme
continues to be delivered to care-experienced learners and those at risk of being placed into
care. (North Ayrshire’s MCR Pathways team pictured at Annual Promise Conference 2024). 
During the 2023-24 academic session, the MCR Pathways Young Talent programme
supported our young people in, or on the edges of care within 6 secondary schools with a
total of 424 young people engaged. This is a significant increase from 229 young people
engaged in session 2022-23. There has been collaboration with the Corporate Parenting
Team to help support schools with engagement with “Keeping the Promise” award of which 2
Secondary Schools are currently involved. 
S1 and S2 learners involved in the programme participated in group work which focussed on
building self-esteem and confidence, strengths and interests, teamwork, problem solving and
employability skills. MCR Pathways Co-ordinators, who are members of the schools’
extended pastoral support teams, provide an enhanced and integrated level of support,
liaising with partners and preparing young people for engagement with a Mentor. Using their
wealth of experiences and life skills, mentors share the same desire to support a young
person in their local community and give something back.
Early Learning and Childcare
Our early years staff are working with our funded providers who contribute to the early
childhood development and education of our young people. We have provided training and
engagement sessions to ensure the delivery of high-quality experiences for all.
58

Page 59

33 
There is ongoing work with other sectors and the Scottish Childminding Association (SCMA)
to encourage North Ayrshire residents to become childminders. This is aimed at a targeted
group and support will be provided to encourage people to venture into this career pathway
providing more choice for families with regards to their funded childcare options.
Whole Family Approaches 
Through the Whole Family Wellbeing Funding, grants have been awarded to eight third
sector organisations during this financial year with the aim of testing or expanding early
intervention projects which support a whole family approach. 
Some of these projects include support to kinship families, the use of art therapy in early
years, transition support to young people with additional support needs and intensive
therapeutic counselling support to children who have been sexually abused or experienced
other significant trauma.
Young Parents Group 
A Young Parents Group has been established and designed by our Mental Health and
Wellbeing Project Delivery Officer. The group splits into activities suitable for the learning
and development of babies attending and also parents interacting in sessions. 
Using the first hour to focus on the baby/ child development through activities which is led by
the lifelong learning team and using the second hour for the development of the parents.
The group is well established and sessions have been created to encourage learning for
both parents and their babies, within a range of different topics including Messy Play, What
is mental health and how can this be linked between you and your baby, Multiply input, Book
Bug, Worry and Fears session for parents (creating a social network), Resilience of a parent,
Baby Sensory, Crafting, Relax, Kids Baking, Baby Massage- attachment process and
postnatal depression. 
The group is designed to be fun and exciting for both parents and their little ones. They
provide a great opportunity to try new activities and meet new people, creating lasting
memories. 
The programme encourages parents to interact with each other and share a variety of good
and bad experiences. It creates opportunities to get advice, meet new friends and catch up
with peers at each session.
A young mum shared: “The Young Parents Group is a
lifeline to me as I don’t get to see anyone anymore
since the baby came along.   I look forward to it every
week, the support from everyone is amazing. I’m sad
it will only be lasting ten weeks. We need more of this
in our communities!
59

Page 60

“The group always has something on
for the kids but also an activity for the
parents too. I really hope it can be
extended as I have made friends for
life and our mental health is just as
important as our babies. The impact it
has had on myself and the other
parents is more than words can say.
As a result of the programme, the young parent’s attending have increased confidence,
created a support network within the group and enjoy each session. 15 young parents have
joined the group and this increases each week. Attending these sessions allows the children
to interact with other babies and their parents, promoting socialisation and interaction. This
can help to develop parents and babies’ social skills and build confidence in this new chapter
of their lives. 
60

Page 61

35 
Financial Inclusion 
A North Ayrshire Financial Inclusion Partnership was established in May 2023 with
membership including financial inclusion service providers and key stakeholders.  
The Partnership developed and delivered a Community Consultation at the end of 2023, the
findings of which will be incorporated into an update of the Financial Inclusion Strategy to be
produced late spring 2025, for 2025-30. 
The consultation found that advice/financial inclusion services are highly rated by those who
had used them, but in response to a question relating to barriers to accessing advice
services, there are a number of areas to be addressed in the promotion and development of
services: 
 The range of platforms available for access services for people who don’t like using
the phone/internet
 That advice services are available for people in all housing tenures including owner-
occupiers
 Stigma/self-stigmatising
 Fear of the situation getting worse 
 Services available to island communities
 Improved engagement with gypsy/traveller communities
A Communications sub-group of the Partnership has now been established to address the
above. 
Another key finding, which reflects wider national research, is that where both debt and
welfare rights advice is required, accessing both through one referral/service is preferred. In
response, it has now been agreed that to supplement the debt advice service available to
council tenants from the HSCP Financial Inclusions service, an additional welfare rights and
debt adviser will be recruited for non-council tenants, to provide a service for those who seek
welfare rights advice from Money Matters but also require help with debts. This will then
eliminate the need to refer on to another service for this support. 
Welfare Rights Officers in Schools Project 2024 -25
Following a successful recruitment process we were pleased to expand our Welfare Rights
Officers in Schools team to 3. From August 2024 they have been available to all families with
children in educational establishments including Early Years. The team received extensive
training during August and September and started to engage with families from October. 
The team have received a total of 259 referrals this financial year, an increase of 144%, with
combined financial gains of £818,636.32, this is an increase of 46% from last financial year.
This takes the total financial gains since the inception of the service to over £1.8 million.
They are seeing an increasing number of referrals coming in for families with Primary School
age children and are working hard to engage with more families through our Early Years
establishments.
61

Page 62

36 
Their marketing campaign has been successful with 51% of referrals coming directly from
families.
Family members who have engaged with the service have commented that it’s not just about
the financial gains they have seen a positive impact on family wellbeing due to reduced
stress, worry and anxiety over benefit issues and money. 
An example of the difference that can be made to a
family can be seen by the support provided to a local
secondary school parent. Following a benefit check,
the Welfare Rights Officer was able to maximise the
family income. Benefits were identified, support with
claims, redeterminations and mandatory revisions
against both DWP and Social Security Scotland were
undertaken and the family is now better off by
£271.18 a week and has received arrears of benefits
totalling £14,122.23
62

Page 63

Leadership Opportunities
Our leadership opportunities allow young people to become peer mentors and role models
through our youth voice provision (youth forums, junior youth forums, Scottish Youth
Parliament and executive youth council).  These young people co design service delivery
and support the work being delivered.
Our Modern Apprenticeship programme takes young people through and SCQF Level 7 in
youth work, participants design, produce and deliver work with young people across North
Ayrshire around all areas of CLD and youth work.
This year has seen Active Schools employ our first Modern Apprentice, who will start their
journey of SCQF Level 6 in Sports Coaching. The funding for this post has come from
ENABLE and sportscotland. As part of the criteria from the funders the candidate had to
have a disability. They are working across our team but their role has a particular focus on
ASN provision. 
Photo caption: Smiles all round at Youth Services Modern Apprenticeship celebration. Since
coming on board in August 2023, the team have been a vital part of the council’s Community
Learning and Development team, delivering over 2,000 youth groups and activities across
North Ayrshire’s six localities. They leave the programme with a SCQF Level 7 in youthwork. 
63

Page 64

38 
Elderbank Primary School Fruit Growing
Colleagues at an Irvine school are growing grapes and tangerines with help from pupils –
and a talented parent. Children and staff at Elderbank Primary, Irvine, have teamed up with
dad Yousif Al Ahmed to create a garden inside a polytunnel. The growing area was created a
few years ago through the Pupil Equity Fund and it has gone from strength to strength.
The polytunnel gardens was developed by Yousif with support from the children, and they
have been growing produce and then using it within the school to cook. Pupils have learned
how to grow their own produce and have seen the whole process – from seed to plate. 
Pupils Cody Lee (10) and Charlie (11) are among children who enjoy rolling their sleeves up
and growing produce in the polytunnel.  Cody Lee said: “We love growing pumpkins, apples
and oranges in the garden” while Charlie said his nan’s love of gardening inspired him.
Talented gardener Yousif from Syria, said: “It is good 
for all children to learn about how fruit and
vegetables are grown, and is especially good for
children with sensory needs – like my own son who
has autism and is an Elderbank pupil
64

Page 65

Priority 4 Promoting good mental health and wellbeing 
Key Highlights and Progress
Counselling support and community wellbeing supports 
The School Counselling Service continues to support children aged 10-18. This financial
year we have supported 477 children and young people and have offered 152 hours of
counselling per week. 99.4% of children and young people reported an improvement in their
wellbeing following counselling. 
Children and Young People presented with a range of concerns most notably,
depression/low mood, anxiety and self-worth.
Younger Primary children have also been able to access counselling through Crisis
Counselling with 38 children under 10 years accessing support.
Through the Children and Young People’s Community Mental Health and Wellbeing
Supports and Services Framework grant funding we have supported 6527 children and
young people and 1212 family members through a range of programmes. 6283 children and
young people have engaged with positive mental health and wellbeing services highlighting
the focus on early intervention and prevention. 94% have reported an improved outcome.
We have engaged with Third Sector partners through a collaboration with the adult
community mental health fund processes.  
Examples of projects include the Empower project run by KA Leisure. They have engaged
with 126 young people through both group work and 1-1 support. The focus is to use
physical activity to promote and maintain positive mental wellbeing. They have made links
with Tourette’s Scotland and supported this group who are higher risk on poorer mental
wellbeing.
Through engaging with some of our Secondary establishments they have also supported
those young people struggling with lower attendance.
One teacher has described the impact below.
“This project has been massive for the young people I have referred. One of the pupils I
referred had very poor attendance, he only started attending regularly on a Thursday to
attend the gym, this allowed him to create a routine with a soft start and develop a better
relationship towards school. Since returning from the school holidays, he has only missed
one day and is now on a full timetable! He is continuing with gym too and enjoying it very
much!
The other pupil we referred was on a reduced timetable and had to be picked up from his
house and taken to school, he would not leave the house independently. Since completing
the Elevate programme he now leaves home independently to attend 3-4 times per week,
this is huge for him and been a massive confidence boost. He is still on a reduced timetable
but attends all scheduled classes which is more than before.
We feel like this project offers an olive branch to school and helps pupils build a better
relationship with school in a healthy manner and at a steady pace. We would definitely
recommend this project.”
65

Page 66

40 
Additional projects include Dance Therapy with 27 Care Experienced children and young
people benefitting from this intervention. The group leader describes the positive impact on
wellbeing.
“Dance therapy has been an amazing way to watch all of these children develop socially,
emotionally, cognitively, and physically over the weeks, months and some years who have
been attending.
Our collaboration with small grass roots Third Sector Partners has continued to provide
supports and services which promote positive mental health and wellbeing to children young
people and families across the authority. Examples include the Lorretta Doyle Judo
Foundation who have worked with Syrian, Afghani and Ukrainian families with 120 children
and young people participating this year.  most of the delivery has been, this year, for Syrian,
Ukrainian and New classes were developed for families where there are additional support
needs identified including Autism, ADHD, Visual & Hearing Impairment. Elderbank Primary
School 36 children, 16 were children with Hearing Impairment and were subsequently
supported with “Guide Dogs for the Blind” another 8 Visually Impaired children joined a new
series of programmes. 
Our Area Inclusion Workers (AIW) continue to support children, young people and families
with their wellbeing through a range of 1-1 and group approaches. Interventions include Let’s
Introduce Anxiety Management (LIAM), KitBags and Building on Positive Relationships
Family groups. Families and children report positive impacts on their mental health and
wellbeing with one AIW reporting 
“Due to home visits, check ins and LIAM I was able to build a positive relationship with a
family and pupil who hadn't attended school in a year due to severe anxiety. With help and
support from myself I was able to arrange an adjusted time table and supported the pupil in
class that his attendance did improve slowly and hopefully will get better with time.” 
Your Resilience – The Hive – Ayrshire College 
Your Resilience supports young people’s mental health resilience. The education
programme is focused on building resilience through life’s transitions for 14 to 20 year-olds,
equipping them with the tools and resources to manage their mental health now and in the
future.
The HIVE (Hope, Inspiration, Vision in Education) is a facility within Ayrshire college that
many of the students arrive with no qualifications, and often no clear idea of what they want
to do next. 
66

Page 67

41 
The HIVE aims to help you to achieve next
steps and using the Your Resilience
programme, we dedicated time to help
these young people in their journey
towards positive destinations. Strong
relationships have been established
between the Youth Work Team and
Ayrshire College to support the young
people that attend in helping them with
their mental health and emotional
awareness to move onto future courses or
employment. 
The programme was run weekly in
Ayrshire College with current HIVE pupils
(Intro to careers and bridge to careers).
Sessions are 1–2-hours covering
Resilience, Exam Pressure,
Friendships/Decision Making, Social
Pressures, Managing Studies and
Juggling Time. 
Along with open conversation work through the appropriate
workbook for groups age ensuring the group understand
the tasks and the tool kits provided to help them manage
their own life scenarios and support their Mental Health
and Wellbeing. 
At the end of the completed sessions and workbooks the
young people have an opportunity to give feedback, they
will then receive their certificate. 
Your Resilience – The Hive – Ayrshire College 
Caroline McCulloch - Employability & Engagement Officer working at The Hive shared:
“Working with young people who have previously disengaged from education within the
HIVE at Kilwinning Campus, Ayrshire College, our course's aim is to prepare students to
enhance their Employability skills, Confidence, Teamwork, Communication, self-esteem, and
motivation which will support them into employment or mainstream courses. 
“Many of our students are Care experienced, have ASN, ADHD, Behavioural issues, Autism,
Anxiety, Depression, Trauma and Mental Health issues. Vicki has been delivering Resilience
sessions to over 50 of our students. 
“The sessions have been invaluable for our students, through completing the workbook it
has provided the students with an opportunity to take part in open discussions with relatable
topics. 
67

Page 68

42 
“Youth Worker Vicki and her staff have been amazing and were able to create a safe
environment, build positive, trusting relationships with our young people, equip them with the
tools and knowledge to reach out with any concerns and have better resilience which has
had a positive effect on their mental wellbeing. I am hoping this partnership can continue,
which will enable us to reach out to a lot more young people who will benefit from these
sessions.” 
I liked this course because I learned more about
mental health. My favourite part was the friendship
session because it made me think about who I spend
my time with.” HIVE student age 18
Building on positive relationships and whole school nurture 
Whole school nurture was delivered across the whole education service at the close of last
session to ensure all staff in our provisions have the necessary skills and experience to offer
a nurturing environment for all children and young people. In order to build on this work and
respond to the Scottish Governments Action Plan on Improving relationships and behaviour
in schools a collaborative event took place to set the wider context and gather practitioners
views. Following this we have established 3 working groups to update our LA policy on
relationships and behaviour; develop a professional learning guide and update our
professional learning offer in this area as well as establishing a clear process for developing
planning and risk assessments.  Extensive stakeholder consultation has also taken place
with feedback indicating the need for greater consistency around expectations and
consequences and practical support.  Professional learning in this area and is being shared
with establishments. 
68

Page 69

43 
In parallel to embedding a whole school nurturing approach, we have continued to develop
our building on positive relationships approach (which is based on the principles of non-
violent resistance). As well as the principles in this approach forming part of our overall offer
to educational establishments, we have expanded our offer to parents and carers with 18
groups taking place this session including one specifically to target attendance issues. We
have also run facilitators sessions for BPR so that we can build capacity for staff to deliver
the parent groups with these being positively evaluated by all that attended. Analysis of
surveys completed before and after the Building on Positive Relationships parent groups has
demonstrated a significant impact on the understanding and knowledge of our parents in
terms of applying this approach to strengthen positive outcomes for their children.  
Feedback from parents included:
• “The way we were made to feel included and listened to. We weren't alone In our
struggles and felt a part of something that would help. The difference in thinking
before we react to challenging behaviour has changed to involve different ways of
coping and positive strategies of dealing with it as a family.”
• “Realising others are going through similar things. That situations can be worse. That
things can improve. Techniques to help and support each other.” 
Attendance
We have continued to focus on school attendance as a priority in education with small
improvements being seen in both our overall attendance figures and a reduction in our
persistent absence figures.   Work has included an update of policy and guidance on Seemis
codes; key messaging being made available to promote positive attendance across the
authority and the development of supports for early intervention and targeted support for
those experiencing difficulties with attendance including those experiencing emotionally
based school non-attendance. 
Other health and wellbeing supports
Over this year other health and wellbeing work had focussed on supporting schools by
delivering our Bounceback mental health and wellbeing programme. The Take Times
Families Group work with 15 parents/ carers and children looking at anxiety, emotions, and
resilience in fun understandable ways. Both Joint Youth Forum and Primary 7 youth council
featured mental health and wellbeing workshops for young people to look at resilience,
wellbeing and positive mindset. 
69

Page 70

44 
Our Cyber Explorers programme supports young people gaining a cyber resilience
qualification and supports wellbeing and online safety with 755 registered on the system,
129 young people achieving SCQF Level 4 and 57 young people achieving SCQF Level 5. 
There are 1024 active DofE participants where mental and physical health and wellbeing
questions are regularly answered by participants on their DofE app showing improving their
mental/ physical health whilst taking part in the Award. 
Our Community Learning and Development Team supports and leads on initiatives such as
Our Scottish Sports Future, Community Schools for non-attenders, New Scots Girls football,
adventure group and volleyball.  Park Lives – Dalry Community Sports Club Taboo Topics
Group – which focusses on wellbeing podcasts and North Coast Media Studio with.  Our
games group supports young people with additional support needs with wellbeing and
resilience through gaming.
All Active Schools activity supports positive mental health for all participating children and
young people. Our extra-curricular provision, events and leadership programmes across the
year all help to reduce stress, boost mood and enhance self-esteem. In addition, our staff
have developed a guide for schools to raise awareness on how the work of Active Schools
contributes to positive mental health. Furthermore, the coaches and volunteers have been
part of a robust training programme around mental health and how to support young people
during their weekly sessions.
School Nursing Service
Mental and emotional wellbeing is one of the ten priority pathways in the school nursing
service.  During 2024-25 we have undertaken work within the school nursing service to
clearly define what support is able to be offered in relation to mental health and wellbeing
and agreed across Ayrshire that the following areas can be supported: low level anxiety, low
mood, bereavement support, self-harm and low self-esteem.  Staff have received additional
training in relation to bereavement support whilst continuing to deliver Let’s Introduce Anxiety
Management (LIAM) where capacity allows.
70

Page 71

45 
North Ayrshire’s Children and Young People’s Neurodevelopmental
Implementation Group
All North Ayrshire family supports for children with neurodevelopmental differences (NDD)
have been mapped and uploaded onto the NEST (Neurodevelopmental Empowerment &
Strategy Team) website.
A third phase of engagement work was undertaken with parents/carers around their
experiences of NDD support and services, following on from the focus groups undertaken in
2023-24.  A summary report of the findings has been developed and will be shared with
those who attended.  The focus groups have been a helpful reference point to sense-check
progress to date, to get feedback and to consider and respond to this.
Following the 2023-24 training needs analysis of the children’s services workforce, an
agreement to create a NDD Learning and Development Adviser post (fixed term) was made. 
This post will support building capacity and capability of all agencies working with children
and young people in relation to NDD. Due to delays in processes, this post will be recruited
in the next financial year and will be funded through the Whole Family Wellbeing Fund.
A test of change involving the creation of a multi-agency panel (MAP) to review all children
and young people who had been referred to CAMHS since August 2023 but who no longer
met the CAMHS criteria. In addition, pan-Ayrshire discussions regarding what a potential ND
service would look like have been ongoing, with a draft business case being completed
currently.
North Ayrshire Wellbeing Alliance 
KA Leisure continues to work with partners to establish the strategic priorities of the North
Ayrshire Wellbeing Alliance. The aim is to bring key partners together and coordinate efforts
to support individual, family, and community health and wellbeing.
One of our current priorities is the co-design and delivery of a pilot project in Kilwinning.  A
diverse mix of partners from across North Ayrshire came together at the recent workshop to
help shape the early development of the Kilwinning Pilot. 
This included representatives from health, employability, education, community
organisations, and local services- all with a shared commitment to improving access to
employment, training, volunteering, and wellbeing opportunities within the community. The
workshop provided a valuable opportunity to align around a shared ambition: strengthening
community wellbeing through more connected and accessible support. There was strong
consensus that beginning with a series of informal, community-based events would be the
right approach which would help to build relationships, foster trust, and create a welcoming
introduction to the wider offer.  
71

Page 72

46 
Priority 5 Inspiring children and young people to be
active 
Key Highlights and Progress
Active Schools 
We have continued to support more young people to be active both within a school and
community settings. We have worked in partnership to make sure there are school to
community links in all six localities. Across this year we have also worked together to fill any
gaps in provision to ensure all localities have an equitable number of opportunities for all
young people to take part in. Our pathways between school to club/ community sport has
been strengthened to allow a better transition for our young people.
Active Schools have continued to focus on those who most need our support to access
sporting opportunities. The Active Schools and Communities Partnership Officers have
played a crucial role in this and have removed any barriers to participation for those that are
care-experienced, living in poverty, non-attenders or other targeted reasons. 
We are working to remove barriers for the young people and families with care experience to
take part in Sport and Physical Activity using a Whole Systems Approach to lead a healthier
Lifestyle. This last year has seen the delivery of 31 different experiential opportunities to 273
young people. The opportunities are wide and varied and range from water sports, climbing,
sailing to residentials and fun days. On completion of their experiential activity the young
people are then supported into more frequent activity within their own school and/ or
community of which 59% currently have taken this opportunity on. 
Active Schools key focus has remained on getting ‘More Kids, More Active, More Often’.
Extra-curricular provision has been delivered across ALL primary, secondary and ASN
establishments. Over 9,200 young people have attended a variety of sport and physical
activity sessions across this year, which is over 52% of the whole young people population.
There were 10,420 sessions delivered across the year with 217,225 visits in total taking
place (if 10 young people attended 10 times it is counted as 100 visits). We had 663
deliverers of which 98% of them are volunteers, the highest recorded in Scotland.
Our Active Schools Calendar of events this year has seen over 5,300 young people take part
in a variety of sports across 63 events. The events calendars run in clusters, localities as
well as North Ayrshire wide. In addition to these events, we have supported our ASN pupils
72

Page 73

47 
to attend the Ayrshire Sports Ability and Scottish Disability calendar of events to make sure
ALL young people have the opportunity to perform and compete at the appropriate level. 
St Matthews Academy Residential Trip
We also partnered with the team at Sport Scotland’s National Sports Training Centre in
Inverclyde to provide a residential trip for young people. Supporting twelve S1 pupils from St
Matthews Academy, the overnight residential trip took place in early November 2024.
Staying for two days, the experience offered an opportunity for the pupils to meet new
friends, discover ways to lead healthier lives and consider coping strategies to improve their
mental health. 
It was also a chance to find out what sports they enjoy via the sports centre’s nationally
renowned facilities and professional coaches. The trip was organised by the Active Schools
community partnership team, a dedicated service working closely with schools and
communities to develop sporting opportunities in school and beyond. A highlight of the recent
residential was exclusive use of the impressive gymnastics facility. 
The pupils also had the chance to try out archery, boccia (a kind of lawn bowls for the ASN
community), pickleball, the climbing wall and many more activities. Our young people
thoroughly enjoyed the opportunities this experience presented. However, the true success
of this work with Active Schools is the increased sense of belonging, self-confidence and
self-esteem evident in the pupils who participated. 
Strong friendship groups have been established and the S1 pupils involved feel more settled
and secure in the school as a result. It is hoped that the St Matthews pupils from the latest
residential will now participate in sports within their own school and community too.
Leadership Pathway
Active School have a sector leading leadership pathway from P6-S6 and beyond. The P6
Move and Improve programme has seen 1003 young people trained as leaders. Their role is
to deliver quality sports and physical activity lunchtime session to their peers. We have also
had 36 teaching staff members trained through this programme to support the delivery. Our
S1-S6 Young Ambassador programme has 148 representatives. Their role is to promote
sport and encourage others to be more Active. Our S5-S6 North Ayrshire Sports Academy
73

Page 74

48 
programme has 168 young people engaged. Each participant will have gained a minimum of
8 and a maximum of 12 qualifications. These range from their Saltire Awards, National
Governing Body Qualifications all the way through to and SQA in Higher Leadership. This
programme has seen the young people volunteer over 5500 hours within their local schools
and communities. 
KA Leisure 
KA Leisure offers a diverse range of programmes that include sport and general physical
activity. We collaborate with communities and partners to provide term-time activities and
holiday programmes. Our term time programme is spread across all localities with over 100
classes per week. 
KA Leisure continues to deliver innovative marketing campaigns to encourage participation
across the general public.  We also collaborate with partners to provide targeted approaches
to encourage harder to reach young people to participate in our programmes.
KA Leisure promotes the INSPIRE programme by offering a comprehensive membership
that provides children and young people with access to a wide range of activities, including
arts, drama, dance, and music. We ensure visibility through community engagement,
partnerships, and targeted marketing. The programme includes term-time activities and
holiday programmes.
Outdoor Activities
There are 1024 active DofE participants where physical health is part of all participants
award. The Duke of Edinburgh's Award (DofE) has four core sections: Volunteering, Skills,
Physical, and Expedition, with a Residential section added at the Gold level.   
74

Page 75

49 
Our outdoors for wellbeing programme gave 30 primary aged young people a weeklong
programme of outdoor activities that supported wellness which included yoga, tree planting,
nature walks and more.   
We work in partnership with Scottish Ports Futures to provide the Twilight Basketball
programme that incorporates physical health with youth work issue-based programmes
throughout the year.  Working with our New Scots girls group we also support the Swans
Girls Football Team.
Community Sports Hub
Our North Ayrshire Community Sport Hubs are flourishing. We have been supporting clubs
with training, venues and one to one development sessions. In collaboration with selected
affiliated clubs, we have been supporting the delivery of satellite clubs to encourage more
localised participation. In addition, we have supported the development of additional ASN
sessions at North Ayrshire Athletics club. Badminton has also been a focus this year with the
employment of a racket sports officer who sits within the KA Leisure team to develop school
to community clubs in targeted localities. 
Early Learning and Childcare 
All early year’s establishments have access to outdoors at all times of the year. All early
year’s establishments provide learning environments which provide opportunities for physical
play both indoors and outdoors. All staff are aware of the importance of developing gross
motor skills and ensure experiences offered support development of core strength, stability,
balance, spatial awareness, co-ordination and agility.
JumpStart Child Healthy Weight Programme
The Child Healthy Weight team continue to support children and their families to achieve a
healthy weight via the Jumpstart programme. The programme works with families of children
aged 5 to 17 years old. Programmes provided are:
 Jumpstart Junior: Aged 5 – 9 
 Jumpstart Senior: Aged 10 – 13
 Jumpstart Teens: Aged 14 – 17
75

Page 76

50 
There were 85 group based physical activity and health education sessions were delivered
along with attendance at 7 promotional events over the last year. The Child Healthy Weight
Team continue to partner with the Trinity Active Travel hub and education colleagues to
support events and initiatives aimed at promoting active lifestyles and healthy habits.
Participating families also make use of a free leisure pass to access amenities such as the
KA Leisure Centres which would normally not be within their financial ability.
Other activity focused on three Fun with Food groups at two early years centres and
engaged with approximately 25 families. Further groups are planned for summer 2025. 
North Ayrshire Athletics Club - Funding success 
The North Ayrshire Athletics Club successfully secured a funding bid from North Ayrshire
Ventures Trust (NAVT). The local group will receive £27,000 over three years to help support
an additional member of staff who will help to promote the sport to young people. As well as
building on the work already being carried out, the post will help provide athletics
opportunities for people living in the most deprived areas and for people living in poverty.
They also hope to provide training, volunteering and employment opportunities with a
particular focus on young people.
The club, along with North Ayrshire Council, North Ayrshire Active Schools, KA Leisure and
Scottish Athletics, has been working hard to expand provision and reach more young people
than ever before.
A significant expansion of all programmes: pre-school, 5 to 8-year-old programme, additional
support needs sessions, holiday provision and a range of curricular and extra-curricular
athletics sessions has seen over 1,000 young people given the opportunity to participate.
Since the programmes started, 250 young people are now taking part on a regular basis. 
76

Page 77

Appendix 1 – Children’s Services Plan Action Updates 2024-25
Priority 1: The rights of children and young people are promoted and protected
No.  Action  Update 2024-25
1 Implement the North Ayrshire UNCRC Plan
actions, ensuring the rights of all children
and young people are protected. 
We continue to champion the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), ensuring that all children in
North Ayrshire have their rights met, protected and advocated for. In July 2024, the United Nations Convention on the
Rights of the Child (Incorporation) (Scotland) Act 2024 came into effect. The Act provides protection for the human rights
of children and young people in Scotland. Following implementation of the Act, a working group has been set up with
officers from across North Ayrshire Council services to deliver improvements. This group is currently developing a
workplan that aims to ensure children’s voices are considered in decisions that impact them; there are enhanced
approaches to children friendly reporting and procedures for potential children rights breaches; our communities and
workforce have increased awareness of children’s rights; and children can further benefit from education on their rights. 
2 Ensure the voices of children and young
people are heard and influence the work of
the Community Planning Partnership. 
The Executive Youth Council (Exec) has 12 active members from across North Ayrshire. This overarching youth voice
structure represents the views of our young people across schools and communities. Currently the group are working in
partnership with Education to design and launch a Pupil Council Toolkit that will give schools tools and resources to
support pupil voice structures. The group have recently held their AGM where the board were elected. The group have
recently led our Joint Youth Forum that brings all of our youth voice groups together from each locality to work on
common aims and receive training. February session included an introduction into MHWB pilot of financial literacy and
wellbeing, working on the pupil council toolkit and creating poems and literature to support the LGBT work we do locally.
Young people also had the opportunity to update us on what UNCRC means to them living in North Ayrshire which will
create a comms media plan for the future. 
Our MSYPs continue to be the representative voice for young people and have been working to gather their views for the
Scottish Youth Parliament Manifesto. Furthermore, they are working on their national campaign priorities around access
to youth work, mental health and wellbeing and gender-based violence. 
The North Ayrshire Champions Board are a group of care experienced young people that take part in groups within their
local secondary schools during either lunchtimes or within a school period. The aim of the groups is to allow young people
to speak about their experienced within a safe space if they choose to do so and to allow them to work or plan projects
that may positively impact them. They act as the youth voice for care experienced young people within North Ayrshire.
Currently we have these groups running in all secondary schools. We hosted our latest Primary 7 youth council with 140
young people from across all localities focussing on cyber resilience, physical exercise and wellbeing, positive mindset
and child poverty.
Various Youth Forums sit on working groups – Through Our Garnock Valley, MSYPs sit on Irvine Town Board, North
Coast Youth Forum are supporting Helter Skelter issue funds through their funding applications.
3 Provide opportunities for children and young
people to develop their citizenship skills,
including active democratic participation
opportunities. 
See Action no 2 above.  In addition, we hosted our latest Primary 7 youth council with 140 young people from across all
localities focussing on cyber resilience, physical exercise and wellbeing, positive mindset and child poverty. Young people
are supported in achieving the Personal Development Award, involvement in PB through shortlisting applications to the
public vote and locality based for example the design of STEM at Bourtreehill Park.
77

Page 78

2 
No.  Action  Update 2024-25
4 Equality and Children’s Rights Impact
Assessment (ECRIA) will be carried out on
all new policies that affect the lives of our
children and young people. 
The United Nations Rights of the Child (UNCRC) are embedded in our Equality and Children’s Rights Impact Assessment
(ECRIA) process. Our impact assessment tool matches the rights against the Getting It Right for Every Child (GIRFEC)
Wellbeing indicators to help narrow and define the children’s rights that could be affected by any proposal or
development. Each of the Rights are matched against the wellbeing indicators of Safe, Healthy, Achieving, Nurtured,
Active, Respected, Responsible and Included. Some rights can be matched against more than one indicator.
During 2024/25, 14 full assessments and 15 pre-assessment screening forms were completed, each of which asks about
potential impact on Children’s Rights.  In addition, the equality and diversity part of the impact assessment process, has
age as a protected characteristic, to which young people would be a sub-category within this. Across the completed full
impact assessments, 11 indicated an impact to some degree on children’s rights and these were considered in detail as
part of the assessment process. 
The Council has an online ECRIA training programme and we are aiming to supplement that in the future with face-to-
face awareness sessions on Children’s Rights and the impact assessment process.
5 Through the engagement workstream of the
care experienced task force, work
proactively with Children and Young
People. 
The North Ayrshire Champions Board are a group of care experienced young people that take part in groups within their
local secondary schools during either lunchtimes or within a school period. The aim of the groups is to allow young people
to speak about their experienced within a safe space if they choose to do so and to allow them to work or plan projects
that may positively impact them. They act as the youth voice for care experienced young people within North Ayrshire.
Currently we have these groups running in all secondary schools.  We have hosted our Care Day Event bringing care
experienced young people, parents, carers and invited guests to an evening of connection, dinner and activities that
support our work around care experience.
Our North Ayrshire Champions Board relaunched a Care Experienced App named "CE4U". The app has lots of tips,
advice, and information that we believe will help Care Experienced young people throughout their journey and beyond.
The app has a little bit about everything from housing support, learning how to cook using recipes, tips on how to look
after yourself physically and mentally, travel support as well as key contacts and events happening in our area. North
Ayrshire Champions Board used their own experiences and journeys to produce the idea for an app and is the only app of
its kind in Scotland
We support the Auchenharvie Hub for unaccompanied young people and groups and support is given to our New Scots
unaccompanied adults through individual and group work sessions.
6 Co-create with children and young people
new, systematic mechanisms for
maximising learner participation and voice
and create a new Learner Participation
Policy. 
The new Learner Participation policy and procedure (POP) by the Council’s Service Improvement Group (SIG), has now
been fully launched across all establishments. An audit will be carried out across the service to evaluate the impact of this
if part of the Establishment Improvement Plan 2024-25. This will include The Young Leaders of Learning programme
which is currently being piloted with up to 11 Early Years centres and schools. This pilot should enhance opportunities to
maximise learner participation and learner voice across the pilot establishments. A sharing practice event will be planned
for later in the year. 
7 Ongoing consultation with children and their
families on service design and delivery. 
We are central to the engagement and consultation with our young people through various different methods including
community-based youth forums, executive youth council, thematic youth work groups, Joint Cabinet, P7 youth council
and various events.  We also actively engage with young people to gather their views and opinions through online
78

Page 79

3 
No.  Action  Update 2024-25
methods and social media.  These topics are co designed and produced with young people and provide valuable data to
inform polices, plans and service delivery.
Within the 2024-25 academic year, there is an on-going pilot of Education Scotland’s Young Leaders of Learning
programme across 8 secondary schools, 10 primaries within a single cluster and an early years establishment. This
programme seeks to strengthen learner participation and support improvement through pupil led improvement activities,
which ensures pupil voice are heard and views are respected. While the focus of the programme varies across
establishments, initial engagement suggests this may have a focus on tackling this area of the equality duty in some
establishments through an emphasised focus on protecting children’s rights.
8 Ensure that Children’s engagement forums
focus on rights, helping children and
families understand UNCRC and what this
means. 
A key focus for engagement and consultation has been based around UNCRC. Young people have been actively
actioning Article 12 through a host of events, activities and online engagements. Our Executive Youth Council are in the
process of designing and developing a Pupil Council Toolkit in partnerships with Education. The incorporation of UNCRC
is a focal point focusing on training staff and young people in UNCRC awareness, realising rights, child friendly reporting.  
9 Work with local partners/members to
identify opportunities for children and young
people to become involved locally. 
We work with a range of partners to ensure young people are given opportunity to be involved in local community. 
Nationally this includes Youth Scotland, Youthlink, Young Scot and Scottish Youth Parliament.  We work with a range of
third sector organisations to support youth work delivery including Arran Youth Foundation, Police Scotland, Beith Trust,
PRYDE, Irvine Youth Legacy Hub and many more.  Through consistent engagement and consultation, we identify local
need, service provision gaps and needs and wants of young people.  Fire and rescue, Police Scotland, Education and KA
leisure partnered with us to lead a S3 Leadership programme.
10 Through our Advocacy Strategy prioritise
community-based advocacy to children and
young people ensuring they are aware of
their rights and are appropriately
represented. 
Independent, community based, advocacy continues to be provided via Barnardo’s Hear 4U service.  It provides one to
one advocacy to children and young people from North Ayrshire and priority is given to children and young people, who:
• Are involved in the Child Protection process and/or Children’s Hearing system
• Are care experienced in Foster Care, Residential Care and/or Kinship Care
• Are on the periphery of Secure Care
• Were previously looked after and accommodated
• Have additional support needs
They continue to support young people to ensure they are aware of their rights, as defined within the United Nations
Convention on the rights of the Child (UNCRC).  They are committed to ensuring that the voices of children and young
people are heard, in a way which builds their confidence, also ensuring that they are listened to and their rights are
appropriately represented, when decisions are made. 
11 Implement learning and improvements
identified through the HSCP SDS Learning
Review Board for the Children with a
Disabilities Team. 
Ongoing. Phase 2 work nearing completion in relation to policy, information and training. 
12 Include young carers in the planning and
shaping of their services. 
Young Carers have once again benefitted from the Young Carers Education Fund. The fund can be used for anything that
will improve or maintain the young person’s physical, emotional mental health and wellbeing or life chances, reduce social
isolation, and improve attainment. 115 children and young people have accessed the fund this year. Young Carers work
with a key adult to complete a young carers statement and co-design any supports. Funds have been used for driving
79

Page 80

4 
No.  Action  Update 2024-25
lessons, days out to have a break from caring, a cinema pass to allow the young person set time away from caring
responsibilities each week and one young person asked for cookbooks and utensils so they could pursue their love of
cooking.
13 Develop a young people users forum for KA
Leisure and ensure their views and opinions
are considered when developing
programmes and initiatives. 
We have worked with groups to develop our programme and also delivered surveys within specific communities and
target groups.  However, a specific forum is yet to be established but is a priority for 2025-26. 
Priority 2: Acting early to improve what happens next
No.  Action  Update 2024-25
14 Work with our partners to keep all children
and young people safe, with the robust
implementation of the new National
Guidance for Child Protection. 
A full multiagency approach was taken to implementation of Child Protection National Guidance. Governance of this was from
the Child Protection Committee (CPC) and preparation was done to create briefings around all aspects of changes required to
implement in September 2023. Since then, further pathways have been developed with oversight from and ratified by the CPC.
This includes the pathway for 16–18-year-olds with the various legislative routes that may be appropriate but with recognition
that National CP guidance and UNCRC identify this group as children. There are Pan Ayrshire revision of Child Protection
procedures that have been undertaken by the CPC Lead officers and will be progressed to CPC in each respective LA by June
2025.
IRD Strategic oversight group oversees the changes to IRD in line with National CP guidance. Child Protection training for
social work staff has been updated to reflect the National CP guidance.
Within the Education Service all staff receive annual Child Protection training. Child Protection co-ordinators attend termly
meetings where national safeguarding and child protection updates are shared. The CPC training calendar is shared and staff
are encouraged to attend course particularly those around the implementation of Signs of Safety.
15 Support families with children aged 0-5
through our integrated universal early years’
service. 
There are over 5000 children aged 0-4 years in North Ayrshire, all of whom are supported by either a Health Visitor or a Family
Nurse.  In addition to following the nationally agreed Universal Health Visiting Pathway from the antenatal period through to a
child commencing school, within North Ayrshire, children under 5 and their families continue to have access to additional
support from the wider, integrated early years team.  During 2024/25 (as at 24 March 25), 914 requests for assistance from the
various members of the integrated team were made.  This included:
• 546 for Health Visiting Support Workers for areas such as communication, sleep, toileting, infant feeding and
behaviour
• 103 for the Perinatal Wellbeing Team, supporting new and expectant mums experiencing low level mental health
difficulties
• 91 for Early Years Social Workers supporting with domestic violence, parental mental health difficulties amongst others
• 72 for the Family Nurturers who offer support around bonding and attachment, routines, home conditions and
community integration
80

Page 81

5 
• 40 for the Healthcare Support Worker who provides additional support to the Perinatal Wellbeing Team as well as baby
massage
• 38 for support to dads via our partnership with national charity Dads Rock
• 24 for specialist infant feeding support
16 Increase access to early learning and
childcare. 
The 1140 funded hours is now being delivered with flexibility and choice for parents across localities. Our models offer a blend
of full year and term time places with various patterns in establishments delivering 8am-6pm and 9am – 3pm. Allocations have
taken place for session 25-26 and 87% of parents have been offered their 1st choice for establishment. Work is ongoing to
increase the uptake of eligible 2s and this will continue into next year.
The early years team is also working with services to increase the number of funded childminders in partnership with NAC with
particular focus on the islands and the North Coast.
17 Work together with parents or carers to
provide support to their children. 
Working in partnership with two Ayrshire based parental support groups (ASN Support Ayrshire and ASN Parents and Kids
Irvine & 3 Towns), the Education Service has designed and delivered a series of engagement hubs focusing on key challenges
families face when navigating their child’s journey through education. These run monthly and feedback has been 100%
positive with a calendar of events being designed for session 2025/26. Updated literature around how needs are supported
within early years settings and schools have been refreshed and distributed through this forum.
Our work around mental health and wellbeing is inclusive of supporting young parents through group work and events.  Our
Take Time Families provision brings primary aged young people together with their parents and carers to provide support,
training and a safe space to connect and learn vital skills around resilience, wellbeing and building strong family connections.
Support is also given through our Grandparents group that builds connections through an intergenerational group.  Support is
given to ASN parents and carers to provide provision of transport. Fullterton Hub is supported to look at holistic therapies for
ASN Young people.  Support is given to BABAC and Minds of Recovery to establish a community cafe for families in recovery.
18 Improve outcomes for care-experienced
young people. 
A transformation programme to improve outcomes and opportunities for care experienced children and young people has been
progressing since April 2024 with the establishment of a Programme Board which provides strategic leadership to the
Programme Manager. Position papers for each workstream were presented at the programme board with recommendations
and strategic direction. The transformation and service developments were delivered through focussed workstreams on the
following areas: 
1. Housing and Throughcare 
2. Fostering and Kinship 
3. Education including Residential School Placements 
4. Internal Children’s Houses – Model of Care 
5. Early Intervention & Intensive Family Support 
6. Strategic Needs Assessment/Data/Workforce 
7. Best Practice Models and Research
The Brighter Pathways work has involved all corporate parents which has assisted in a shared awareness of the challenges
and opportunities to improve the provision of services for families, looked after children and care experienced young people. It
can be evidenced through the workstreams and programme board that there is increased joint working, improved relationships
and collaboration between agencies at all levels and a move away from silo working relating to care experienced young
people.
81

Page 82

6 
Our Care Experienced learners are among our most disadvantaged learners, whilst there remains a gap between them and
our non-care experienced learners. Care experienced school leavers in North Ayrshire are continuing a positive 5-year trend of
attainment. In 2022-23, 87% of North Ayrshire’s care experienced school leavers attained at least 1 qualification at SCQF
Level 4 or better, the second highest performance in the last five years. 
19 We continue to develop and implement the
Childsmile programme, focussing on early
referral and preventive advice for all
families. 
The Childsmile programme is delivered on an Ayrshire wide basis, receiving referrals from multiple sources including health
visitors, school nurses and via dental services. We continue to develop the programme to meet the needs of the population
and have recently completed a service evaluation of the service provided by the Dental Health Support Workers, which will
feed into our strategic plans for the next 3-5 years to ensure a high quality and meaningful service. Nationally, there are some
anticipated changes to the Childsmile programme, which we have commenced local planning to address and will communicate
with partners in due course. Our National Dental Inspection Programme (NDIP) figures indicated a marginal improvement on
the previous inspections, but overall improvements have slowed, and careful consideration of next steps to be taken to
improve oral health further. In 2025, we will be commencing a new Oral Health Improvement Action Plan- which is designed to
set the strategic direction in oral health improvement for the next 10 years.
20 We will continue to deliver Jumpstart, a
family centred healthy lifestyle programme
for children aged 2-17, who are above a
healthy weight. 
The Child Healthy Weight team continue to support children and their families to achieve a healthy weight via the Jumpstart
programme. The programme works with families of children aged 5 to 17 years old. Programmes provided:
• Jumpstart Junior: Aged 5 – 9 
• Jumpstart Senior: Aged 10 – 13
• JumpStart Teens: Aged 14 – 17
There were 85 group based physical activity and health education sessions were delivered along with attendance at 7
promotional events over the last year. The Child Healthy Weight Team continue to partner with the Trinity Active Travel hub
and education colleagues to support events and initiatives aimed at promoting active lifestyles and healthy habits. Participating
families also make use of a free leisure pass to access amenities such as the KA Leisure Centres which would normally not be
within their financial ability. Moving forward early years child healthy weight work will focus on developing the universal, Tier 1
group approach ‘Fun with Food’.  This is a collaborative partnership approach with early years and Peeple to use the
established peep parenting programme to support families with nutrition and food behaviours and contribute to child healthy
weight. Three Fun with Food groups at two early years centres engaged with approx. 25 families. Further groups within North
Ayrshire planned summer 2025. 
21 Expand our peer support service to all
breastfeeding mothers as part of our
integrated infant feeding service working
alongside the Breastfeeding Network. 
Peer support service has been expanded to all breastfeeding mothers. Following a tender process, NCT will become the new
provider of the peer support service from July 2025.  A 3-month contract extension for the Breastfeeding Network has been
offered until the end of June 2025.
For the first three quarters of 2024/25:
• 81.3% of breastfeeding mothers in North Ayrshire engaged in peer support
• 83% of breastfeeding mothers in Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) area 1 who are discharged engage with
peer support
• 81.9% of breastfeeding mothers in SIMD 2 who are discharged engage with peer support
22 Continue working with whole families, whole
systems and whole communities to provide
Through our work with wellbeing, early intervention is key to all areas of this.  Through work like Take Time Families, school-
based provision in primaries and secondaries and youth work provisions we focus on wellbeing, early intervention, resilience
82

Page 83

7 
early intervention support to all of North
Ayrshires Children. 
and confidence building with young people and their networks.  School holiday provision across all of our localities provides
activities and access to free holiday meals in partnership with community associations and local organisations.
The Whole Family Wellbeing Fund has now been in implementation for 3 years.  A separate report on progress in relation to
WFWF is in the process of being compiled and will sit alongside the Children’s Services Plan.
23 Providing training/guidance to families,
schools, partners and communities that
enhances the understanding of early
intervention and provides skills needed for
families to feel confident and equipped to
manage family life. 
Please see response to Action 15. 
This session we have continued to roll out our Building on Positive Relationships parenting approach. We have trained
education staff including Area Inclusion Workers, and worked alongside the Family Centred Wellbeing Support team to deliver
33 family groups. Across the multi-agency we now have 77 members of staff trained to deliver the programme. Feedback is
positive and families feel better equipped to manage family life.
24 We will implement the Signs of Safety
approach to social work practice. 
Signs of Safety has been implemented across Children and Families service from the point of referral to Service Access.
Partner briefings have continued to be provided through the CPC training calendar to assist all other agencies to understand
the practice model and contribute. Leaflets have been developed that are shared with both families and partner agencies on
what to expect.
A signs of Safety Steering group was developed for HSCP implementation and in the latter half of 2025 we will be establishing
a bi yearly multiagency Steering group.
The Signs of Safety baseline assessment undertaken with 10% of families and children open to social work support has been
completed and findings will be presented to the Child Protection Committee by June 2025. Child protection and Children and
Family Assessment and plans have been redesigned utilising a Signs of Safety practice approach and implemented.
25 Improve planning for transitions of care to
ensure children and young people are able
to thrive moving into adulthood. 
Prior to commencing an active role with the children with a disability team, a baseline of current functioning was obtained.  The
qualitative data for baseline was obtained through staff caseload reviews this included reviewing assessments and care plans,
in addition to case notes. This evidenced that current supports available to children, young people and their families is not
sufficient in providing adequate support. The supports available are mainly social supports and residential respite. Although
these supports offer families a short break from their caring responsibility, it is not fully addressing issues in relation to daily
management of personal care and behaviours that challenge, leading to carer burnout and young people reaching crisis.
Further findings of the service review found that current factors impacting transition planning include late referrals to Transition
Planning Group (TPG) and an inability to screen/allocate staff in adult social work teams to screen referrals and/or allocate
workers for assessments. This approach ultimately has a negative impact on a young person's transition, with often late and/or
rushed assessment and resource allocation. Current processes were not undertaken in a person-centred manner.
In order for young people to thrive as they transition to adulthood, the following improvements were identified:
• Assessment and case note training for staff.
• Outcome and Goal Setting training for staff.
• Review eligibility criteria for children and adult social work.
• Collaborative work with our partner agencies to promote skill generalisation between school, community supports and
respite for better outcomes for young people.
• Personal Care needs to be addressed to support families in the day-to-day care of children and young people with
disabilities, through a Care at Home type service.  This is multifaceted in relation to relieving carer burnout and also
developing and promoting independent life skills in young people, which will support their transition to adulthood.
83

Page 84

8 
• Proactive use of legislative measures to ensure children and young people are protected.
• Review TPG and its Terms of Reference to return to a person-centred decision-making forum. 
• Referral screening processes to be developed.
• Increased joint working from the age of 14-years from adult social work to provide advice and guidance.
• Review age restrictions in children and adult social work to allow transitions to happen at the right time, between ages
16-years and 21-years.
• Review of resource allocation processes for a more standardised approach.
It was agreed, March 2025, that in order to make such significant changes, a report will be submitted to Social Work
Governance Board and Partnership Senior Management Team. 
26 Invest in premises infrastructure to support
children and young people experiencing
distress in appropriate environments. 
Bairns’ Hoose is a European concept with Nordic inspired roots. It is a care, justice and recovery model for children and young
people who - 
• have been victims or witnesses of abuse 
• are under the age of criminal responsibility  
• whose behaviour may have caused harm 
Bairns’ Hoose aspires to have all the specialist services co-located in one building to put the child at the centre of any intervention
or treatment, meaning child protection, health, holistic services, court and third sector all in the one shared space. The model is
trauma informed, holistic and nurturing to ensure children are supported in the aftermath of their experience and get the expertise
input and support they require. 
In March 2024 a Pan Ayrshire application for Bairns’ Hoose was made, resulting in an initial funding stream to upgrade the
Scottish Child Interview Model (SCIM) room at Meadowcroft and develop a second room. The rooms were previously typical
office style, basic and functional. To begin to subscribe to the principles of the Bairns' Hoose model we needed to create a safe,
nurturing and trauma informed environment that would allow children to share their experience of abuse, or crime either as a
victim, witness or if the child has committed a serious offence under the age of criminal responsibility. 
The SCIM model joint investigative interview room is used by specially trained Police Officers and Social Workers to gather
forensic video evidence to establish if there has been a crime committed against the child and, if so, submit the video evidence
to Court in a bid to prevent children giving evidence at Court. The Ayrshire Crown Office and Procurator Fiscal Service (COPFS)
confirmed earlier this year (March 2025) that evidence from SCIM interviews has continued to improve and over the past year
there was no need to call children to Court as witnesses as the defence was accepting of the quality of evidence recordings of
the children’s interviews. Therefore, we are beginning to see tangible evidence of Bairns’ Hoose standards being implemented.
The second room provides a space for wellbeing and comfort and is used before and after the child’s video evidence. It’s a
homely, comfortable, and holistic space to support the child having their voice heard. The room includes an array of sensory
equipment such as weighted blankets, toys and fidgets. There is also a sensory garden to allow children to go outside. Outdoor
space and nature are important to enhance the child’s wellbeing and resilience as they recall traumatic events. Children First
are key partners in devising and implementing the Bairns’ Hoose concept. They sit across all the strategical working groups and
deliver a care, support and recovery service which any child being referred for a SCIM joint investigative interview can access.
The support begins at the referral stage, the team offer practical and emotional support with the process, interview and court
proceedings.
84

Page 85

9 
We have also opened a new centre to change the way the residents of Ayrshire and Arran receive mental health care has. The
West Road Centre in Irvine acts as a base for outpatient services for the all-age Community Eating Disorder Service (CEDS)
and the Neuro-CAMHS team (Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service), providing a modern space for individuals to receive
the support they need.  As the lead partnership for mental health in Ayrshire, this investment shows our commitment to improving
the experiences of those using our mental health services, allowing us to provide crucial support in a more welcoming and
familiar space.
27 Work across partners to develop robust
pathways of support for infants, children
and young people and their families seeking
support for speech, language and
communication development support. 
All Early Years establishments have a nominated Communication Champion who links closely with the Children and Young
People’s Speech & Language Therapy (CYP SLT) team receiving accredited Hanen Learning Language and Loving It training
for enhancing the environment in early years to be communication friendly.  The Communication Champions are invited to 3
monthly meetings where they receive updates from the CYP SLT team, access a bitesize learning session on a speech,
language or communication theme and share good practice with each other.  The team also offers training sessions on specific
speech, language and communication which are open to all early years and primary staff.  
The CYP SLT team offers both virtual and person drop-in slots where any parent/carer with a concern about their child's
speech, language and communication can request a half hour slot during which they receive advice, resources or completion
of a request for assistance if the child is requiring an SLT assessment.  Early Years establishments and Primary schools can
also request these drop-ins for children in their care and they host the sessions.
CYP SLT are part of a recently created North Ayrshire Early Language Network (created May 24) with a focus on 0-5
years.  The Network has representatives from Education in the Early years, Psychology, Health Visiting, Speech & Language
Therapy, Family Nurse Partnership and the third sector.  The focus of the Network is to look at the pathways for infants and
children and their families seeking advice or support for speech, language and communication, map what is working well and
where the gaps in these pathways are and co-produce solutions.  The Network meets on a regular basis.
CYP Speech and language therapy work closely with NEST to provide in person workshops on "Supporting your autistic child's
communication", providing information and an opportunity for families to discuss their concerns about their autistic child's
communication.
A virtual drop in (over Attend Anywhere) for families of children with social communication differences is run jointly with our
partners in Occupational therapy.
SLT assistants link closely with our partners in libraries delivering Bookbug and attending Breastfeeding network sessions to
share key messages for developing all children's speech, language and communication. Two SLTs work as part of a multi-
disciplinary team who offer assessment and diagnosis of neurodevelopmental conditions, mainly Autism for children aged 3-6.
This is a pan Ayrshire service. 
28 Improve access to Speech and Language
therapy for children and young people who
require specialist support. 
The in-person drop-ins provide an opportunity for children, young people and their parents/carers to access the service when
they have most concern.  If the families access the drop in repeatedly and there is still a concern and a significant impact on
the child due to their speech language and communication needs, they may require an assessment by SLT and may require
specialist support.
Some children and young people will require a robust assessment of their speech, language and communications needs. If
intervention is recommended following assessment, the SLT will work with those closest to the child i.e. parents, carers and
education staff to set targets and to share helpful strategies to maximise the child /young person’s communication potential.
As a team we are working to reduce the Wait Times (WTs) for SLT assessment and subsequent specialist support through the
initiatives already highlighted. An increase in staffing and a more balanced skill mix has supported service improvement plans.
85

Page 86

10 
As a result, the WTs have steadily reduced. Between February 2024 and February 2025, the CYP WTs reduced by 64% from
138 weeks to 50 weeks.
29 Develop a trauma informed workforce by
rolling out trauma aware and trauma skilled
resources. 
Level 1,2,3 training in place along with a PDA in trauma.
We have incorporated trauma informed and trauma skilled information and resources in our whole school nurture approaches
as well as including it in our extended training offers, including our CALM training and work on functional behavioural analysis
and Building on Positive Relationships (based on Non-Violent Resistance).  We continue to work collaboratively with our
education workforce to ensure that up to date trauma informed training is made available to support the individual needs of
establishments. We are currently updating our supporting relationships and behaviour policy, training and guidance and will
include this within it.
30 Develop an evaluation framework to
maximise resources to support children and
young people, to enable system partners to
invest and sustain early intervention
approaches. 
A monitoring and evaluation framework has been developed to support implementation of the Whole Family Wellbeing Fund. 
All funded elements provide 6 monthly reports setting out how they are meeting the aims and outcomes of the WFWF,
involvement and impact on children, young people and their families, and sustainability.  This is in line with the annual Scottish
Government reporting expectations.
31 Reach and identify all young carers earlier
in their caring role and promote increased
uptake of Young People’s Carer Support
Plans. 
Education Staff have been supported to identify an increasing number of young carers, 406 Young Carers have been offered
Young Carer Statements with 366 completing. 
North Ayrshire Council signed up to the Young Carers Covenant in 2024. The Carer Team are supporting our primary and
secondary schools to sign up and to be part of the Young Carers in Schools Challenge. It involves a set of outcomes that
young people have highlighted as being key to improving their lives. This shows our commitment to identifying young carers at
the earliest opportunity, ensuring they feel safe and secure and have choices in their lives.
Each school has a nominated Young Carers Champion who are supported by Young Carer Locality Officers from Carers
Gateway North Ayrshire (CGNA).  An agreed CGNA offer has been communicated to all schools with the provision of 1 to 1
support and drop-in sessions, Young Carers Awareness Training and Young Carers Statement Training. The Young Carers
Education Information Pack was launched in October 2024 to provide staff within education with an overall understanding of
the duties and approach in North Ayrshire to identifying, working with and supporting young carers. 
A programme of engagement and review on the current Young Carers Statement (YCS) has been progressed with final sign
off from Social Work Governance Board in April 2025. CGNA Young Carers Team facilitated face to face sessions with 55
young carers aged 6 – 15 across North Ayrshire schools. 36 families also engaged with an online survey. Feedback was also
offered from Children & Families Services.
Young carers reported that the YCS is valuable to them. It ensures at least one staff member is informed about their personal
circumstances. Young carers reported that their voices had been heard after completing their statement, they feel listened to
and supported. They would appreciate the removal of the future/ emergency planning section, language was in places complex
and questions repetitive. Overall, young carers wanted a shorter, more accessible YCS would be appropriate to assist in better
caring conversations. All participants were happy for the original separate primary and secondary YCS to be condensed into
one document.  
At 31/03/25, 549 young carers were recorded on Seemis (education system) and 492 registered with CGNA, crossover
information means there is an estimated 650 identified young carers. 
86

Page 87

11 
In the reporting period 1/4/2024 - 31/03/2025 Education staff offered 406 young carers the opportunity to prepare a YCS. To
date 366 were accepted and completed via schools and an additional 5 completed by CGNA. 
Priority 3: Making things fairer
No.  Action Update 2024-25
32 Implement the North Ayrshire Child Poverty
Action Plan. 
We have a key ambition to transition to a wellbeing economy, delivering prosperity, wellbeing and resilience for local people. 
Eradicating child poverty is a key component of that priority, and we continue to make strong progress in delivering the
objectives of our Child Poverty Strategy 2023-26, including within this most recent year. We have transferred governance
from the previous Tackling Child Poverty and Cost of Living Board to become a key priority for the Community Planning
Partnership. This will provide sharper focus, greater impact and direct engagement with relevant partners. To further
progress our ambitions for a fully joined- up approach, a new Child Poverty Strategy Team was established with funding from
Scottish Government’s Fairer Futures Partnerships to bring coherence and oversight to continue reducing child poverty in
North Ayrshire.  
Adding to the many existing services supporting children and families experiencing poverty, we have been undertaking
research in preparation for the next phase of evidence-led systems change, recognising complexities in current mechanisms
that can present barriers to families accessing support. For our commitment towards a No Wrong Door approach, our
Customer Services team have trained and raised awareness directly with frontline staff across housing and social work
services. Alongside this continues the technical developments as we strive towards creating a Single Shared Assessment to
maximise benefit entitlements. Our Transformation Team streamlined supports such as free school meals, school clothing
grants and council tax reductions, while also making access easier through the Cost-of-Living webpage. 
The Welfare Rights Officers in Schools team grew from one to three members of staff, and the team have helped financial
gains of £818,636 going back into the pockets of families. This represents a 46% increase from 2023/24 to 2024/25. Since
August 2024, the extension of the team increased its provision to now include Early Years Centres and primary schools, in
addition to the secondary schools who have been supported since 2022/23. 
Key allocations from the £1.2m Child Poverty and Early Intervention Fund (CPEIF) being utilised in 2024/25 included:  
• £50,000 towards the provision of computer equipment for our communities to tackle digital exclusion,  
• £61,322 to remove school meal debt, 
• £50,000 for initiatives to support travel for training and employment; and, 
• £20,000 for our targeted Active Schools programme removing poverty as a barrier to accessing sport. 
A sub-group from the Third Sector Chief Officers Group alongside some of our Connected Communities and Employability
representatives began working together in December 2024. This identified the key issues of Childcare, Employment Support
and Financial Inclusion as priorities where proposals were co-designed for allocation of the CPEIF for 2025/26. 
The Child Poverty Strategy Team welcomed the opportunity to learn from young people attending the P7 Youth Council in
March 2025 as supported by the Youth Participation and Democracy team. The interactive workshops gave the pupils the
chance to be the first contributors to Community Conversations on Fairer Futures, as we heard their voice and views on the
stigma of child poverty, which will inform future developments. 
87

Page 88

12 
No.  Action Update 2024-25
33 Improve attainment and achievement for all.  A new data visualisation tool has been launched with all schools to support the tracking and analysis of progress in learning
across the Broad General Education stages. This will support more effective targeting of interventions and raising attainment
strategies. In addition, there have been trackers developed for Early Years establishments to track progress across Literacy,
Numeracy and Health and Wellbeing which align more closely with C. An increased focus on data for improvement has
provided senior establishment leaders with opportunity to use data and linking with this, a Data Service Improvement Group
has been created in session 2024-25 which consists of senior leaders across Primary and Secondary schools working
collaboratively to support improvements in the use of data for raising attainment and closing the poverty-related attainment
gap.  Data clinics have also taken place to continue to offer support in this area.  Early Years and Primary senior leaders
have worked collaboratively to create consistency of approach and resource in the tracking of Literacy and Numeracy. 
These resources will be launched to Early Years Heads and Primary Head Teachers in May 2025.
Annual leavers attainment and positive destinations statistics were published nationally at the end of February 2025. This
follows the annual publication of Curriculum for Excellence attainment data in December 2024. There is a varied picture
across a range of measures, with some clear strengths and areas for further improvement. 
Attainment dialogues took place in October 2024 and March 2025 with senior Secondary School senior leaders where there
was analysis of our areas of strength and areas for improvement in terms of attainment and will feed directly into
improvement plans for 2025-26 at both service and school level.
The Education Service Digital Learning Strategy was launched at an event for school and early years’ leaders, members of
the strategy development group and colleagues from IT Services.
Colleagues from across NAC establishments are involved in the national curriculum review cycle and we also have
representation on the national implementation group.
A full professional learning programme is in operation, expanding our focus on building the capacities and skills of our
workforce in effective techniques in the classroom. This includes programmes for teachers, early years practitioners and
pupil support assistants and. The Professional Learning Academy (PLA) has a well-regarded in-residence delivery model to
ensure training can be adopted, practised and embedded in individual establishments.
Attainment 
The latest published achievement figures are for 2023-24. Combined Numeracy achievement for P1, P4 & P7 is 76%, in line
with attainment in the previous year. Similarly, combined Literacy achievement for P1, P4 & P7 is 69%, again in line with
attainment in the previous year.
Improving leavers’ attainment in literacy and numeracy 
Performance of all school leavers in attaining Literacy at Level 4 and Level 5 displays a positive 5-year picture. In 2023-24,
our school leavers have outperformed all other comparators at level 5, with 93% achieving literacy at level 4 or better and
81% achieving literacy at level 5 or better. 
The performance of our school leavers in attaining Numeracy at Level 4 and Level 5 also displays a positive 5-year trend.
For Level 4, 90% of leavers achieved this and 71% of all leavers achieved Level 5.
In addition, the performance of all school leavers with 1 qualification at Level 5 and 1 qualification at Level 6 continues to
improve.  In session 23-24, 87% of all school leavers achieved at least one qualification at Level 5 which is broadly in line
88

Page 89

13 
No.  Action Update 2024-25
with the previous year.  68% of school leavers achieved at least one qualification at Level 6 which is almost 2 percentage
points higher than in session 2022-23.
School Leavers entering an initial positive destination 
An initial positive destination means that a school leaver has gone on to one of the following activities immediately after
leaving school: further or higher education, training, skills development or employment. At 96%, the proportion of our leavers
moving into an initial positive destination continues to outperform the virtual comparator.   To maximise the percentage of
school leavers entering and sustaining positive destinations, schools continue to work in strong partnership with Skills
Development Scotland and DYW Ayrshire.
34 Close the poverty related attainment gap.  Excellence and Equity Leads (EELs) in EY establishments (allocated to those with higher levels of children residing in Q1)
continue to focus on raising attainment and closing the poverty-related attainment gap.  More focused training with these
Leads has provided ongoing consistency of delivery & data collection across the authority. Work with the EELs and
Education Scotland is providing support & frameworks to ensure Early Years establishments can measure the attainment in
relation to the poverty related attainment gap.
In the 8 mainland Secondary schools, the MCR Pathways programme continues to be delivered to care-experienced
learners and those at risk of being placed into care.  To date, over 400 young people have been supported through the
programme in this academic session, participating in activities such as group work and mentored relationships.  There has
been collaboration with the corporate parenting team to help support schools with engagement with “Keeping the Promise”
award of which 2 Secondary Schools are currently involved. 
An increased focus on the use of data for improvement has allowed for a greater focus on closing the poverty-related
attainment gap.  The Education Scotland Attainment Advisor, working closely with Senior Managers, has provided targeted
support to schools with a higher number of learners in Q1 to support increased attainment in session 2024-25.  
There is ongoing analysis of schools’ Pupil Equity Funding (PEF) evaluations of impact of spend to analyse interventions
and their impact on closing the poverty-related attainment gap.
35 Implement the recommendations from the
Independent Care Review (Scotland), The
Promise. 
We have fully committed to #KeepThePromise which provides a benchmark for corporate parents, carers, practitioners,
managers, care experienced community, and decision makers in fulfilling the goal to meet the collective and individual needs
of all of our Care Experienced infants, children and young people. Promise drop in information events for staff are continuing
to be held regularly. Our 3rd annual Promise Conference was held on 9th December 2024. 73 Care Experienced young
people from across our Secondary Schools came together to learn about The Promise Scotland Plan 24-30, meet corporate
parents and connect with each other. 
The HSCP and multi-agency partners across North Ayrshire have worked hard since 2020 to promote and implement The
Promise locally. Agreement was reached at the Children’s Services Strategic Partnership in June 2024 that the work of the
former Promise Oversight Group in North Ayrshire would be incorporated into the overarching Corporate Parenting Steering
Group. The Corporate Parenting Action Plan was revised as necessary in August 2024 to capture all activity associated with
The Promise. The action plan has been aligned with the 5 key foundations upon which The Promise is built - Care, Voice,
Family, People and Scaffolding. 
89

Page 90

14 
No.  Action Update 2024-25
36 Implement the recommendations from the
Additional Support for Learning Review
(Scotland). 
Significant work is underway to review and refresh out Positive Relationships and Behaviour policy including a focus on
tackling violence and aggression within establishments. 
A new family engagement hub has been launched in partnership with two support groups who represent and work with
parents and families of children with additional support needs. These will act as a focus for conversation, problem solving,
information, co-creation and collaboration.
Inclusion Ambassadors programme piloted in almost all secondary schools alongside the Success Looks Different Awards
which were publicised to all establishments and support available for those who wish to apply.
High profile given to language used to describe needs and how they are supported – example needs are not considered
additional as everyone has needs, some require a more intensive level of support which can be part of our universal offer
within all establishments.
Secondary schools linking with Scottish Government in the codesign of the national measurement framework and dashboard
with a specific focus on capturing successes and achievements of young people who are following different pathways.
All Classroom Assistants have been re-graded as Pupil Support Assistants with an up-to-date role profile and professional
learning calendar. Work to lay out a strategy for deployment in underway.
We continue to develop good practice based on the ASL Review within North Ayrshire. We have developed a Family
Engagement Hub where we engage with our parents to understand the issues and concerns that they have with regard to
supporting children with ASN, including streamlining our placement process and complaints process. We have updated our
literature on this also and have made this available to all parents.  We continue to monitor and review the level of need within
NA and have worked to update our offers of support based on this need, building upon our outreach services offer, our
provision to support children with complex needs and our support for children with attendance and behaviour issues. We
have several working groups looking at attendance and relationships and behaviour in order to develop policies and practice
that will support children and young people.  
37 Build strong collaborative partnerships in
local areas to ensure we deliver high-quality
services for all of our children, young
people, and families. 
Please see actions 33 and 34 for detail.
NAC Early years staff are working with our funded providers who contribute to the early childhood development and
education of our young people. We have provided training and engagement sessions this session to ensure the delivery of
high-quality experiences for all. 
There is ongoing work with other sectors within NAC and SCMA to encourage North Ayrshire residents to become
childminders. This is aimed at a targeted group and support will be provided to encourage people to venture into this career
pathway providing more choice for families with regards to their funded childcare.
38 Create a new 3 year Raising Attainment
Strategy. 
See action 33 for detail.
Activity in this area will be captured and synthesised in June 2025 and shared with senior leaders of all educational
establishments.
39 Maximise opportunities to work with Third
Sector providers to provide early
intervention and prevention supports, with a
particular focus on primary prevention
approaches. 
Through Whole Family Wellbeing Funding, the Children’s Services Strategic Partnership has awarded grants to eight third
sector organisations during this financial year with the aim of testing or expanding early intervention projects which support a
whole family approach.  Some of these projects include support to kinship families, the use of art therapy in early years,
transition support to young people with additional support needs and intensive therapeutic counselling support to children
who have been sexually abused or experienced other significant trauma.
90

Page 91

15 
No.  Action Update 2024-25
Through the Children and Young People’s Community Mental Health and Wellbeing Supports and Services Framework grant
funding we have supported 6527 children and young people and 1212 family members through a range of programmes.
6283 children and young people have engaged with positive mental health and wellbeing services highlighting the focus on
early intervention and prevention. 94% have reported an improved outcome. We have engaged with Third Sector partners
through a collaboration with the adult community mental health fund processes. 
40 Providing a robust ‘peer’ support model that
upskills parents and carers, providing
training and volunteering opportunities and
enhances employability skills as well as
building self-esteem and confidence. 
In 2024/25, the Employability service has registered 794 new parents who are engaging, developing skills, confidence, and
resilience to secure and sustain employment in the future. In this period 80 parents have secured paid work experience
through placements in third sector organisations, the council and 50 more have progressed into employment, with 130 more
families in employment with increased household income this will contribute directly to addressing child poverty.  Three new
Peer Navigators have been recruited to engage and support parent to engage in training, volunteering and the range of
opportunities provided by Your Next Move Working North Ayrshire to prepare and progress to employment. 
41 Take an asset-based approach to
communities/children and families and build
upon the skills and strengths that exist. 
The Signs of Safety model works in collaboration with families to identify strengths and family network and wider support
networks who can assist to support the children wellbeing or child protection plan that has been established. 
All Children and family paperwork identifies family strengths and “what is working well”. Equally core partners e.g. Education
have adapted the child protection concern referral to incorporate what is working well as well as what we are worried about.
All referring partners are being asked to identify if this issue arose in the past who or what helped support and scaffold it.
These strengths-based questions assist us to be curious about family asset and ensure the best approach is taken to
working in collaboration with those in our communities.
42 Establish a Financial Inclusion Partnership
in North Ayrshire to better support access to
support for families. 
A North Ayrshire Financial Inclusion Partnership was established in May 2023 with membership including financial inclusion
service providers and key stakeholders. The Partnership developed and delivered a Community Consultation at the end of
2023, the findings of which will be incorporated into an update of the Financial Inclusion Strategy to be produced late spring
2025, for 2025-30. The consultation found that advice/financial inclusion services are highly rated by those who had used
them, but in response to a question relating to barriers to accessing advice services, there are a number of areas to be
addressed in the promotion and development of services: 
• The range of platforms available for access services for people who don’t like using the phone/internet
• That advice services are available for people in all housing tenures including owner-occupiers
• Stigma/self-stigmatising
• Fear of the situation getting worse 
• Services available to island communities
• Improved engagement with gypsy/traveller communities
A Communications sub-group of the Partnership has now been established to address the above. 
Another key finding, which reflects wider national research, is that where both debt and welfare rights advice is required,
accessing both through one referral/service is preferred. In response, it has now been agreed that to supplement the debt
advice service available to council tenants from the HSCP Financial Inclusions service, an additional welfare rights and debt
adviser will be recruited for non-council tenants, to provide a service for those who seek welfare rights advice from Money
Matters, but also require help with debts. This will then eliminate the need to refer on to another service for this support. 
91

Page 92

16 
No.  Action Update 2024-25
43 Develop peer support models.  Our leadership opportunities allow young people to become peer mentors and role models through our youth voice provision
(youth forums, junior youth forums, Scottish Youth Parliament and executive youth council).  These young people co design
service delivery and support the work being delivered.
Our Modern Apprenticeship programme takes young people through and SCQF Level 7 in youth work, participants design,
produce and deliver work with young people across North Ayrshire around all areas of CLD and youth work.
This year has seen Active Schools employ our first Modern Apprentice, who will start their journey of SCQF Level 6 in Sports
Coaching. The funding for this post has come from ENABLE and sportscotland. As part of the criteria from the funders the
candidate had to have a disability. They are working across our team but their role has a particular focus on ASN provision. 
44 Strive for parity of access to support and
services for our Island Communities
including for Children and Young People. 
Cumbrae and Arran are supported to deliver youth work provision. Through a Service Level agreement with Arran Youth
Foundation this provides a variety of youth work opportunities for young people in Arran. Specific measures were
implemented to deliver the holiday meals programme.
45 Provide multiple points of access for young
carers into carer support services. 
Effective access points available for young carers in North Ayrshire are:
• Designated young carer leads from CGNA staff covering school cluster areas.
• Carer Champions in each school with a specific role/ skill to identify and support young carers.
• Awareness raising of young carers in schools through posters and leaflets, assemblies, parent’s evenings or PSHE
lessons to inform young people and parents about the information and support available.
• Drop-in sessions or dedicated groups established within some schools for young carers.
• Bridgit’s new online platform for young carers was launched in March 2025, offering a wide range of resources and
support designed for young carers available 24/7.
• March 2025 saw Carers Gateway support 230 young carers within a group setting and 59 on a 1 to 1 basis. 
• An improved online registration for young carers for professionals and self-referrals has been established.
• For young carers aged 16 – 18 and not in school NAHSCP Carers Team have a Carer Support Officer who can offer
and support the completion of a YCS and provide access to support. 
Priority 4: Promoting good mental health and wellbeing
No.  Action  Update 2023-24
46 Develop our nurturing approach across all
Children’s Services. 
Our nurturing and trauma informed approaches are intertwined and we have ensured that all our training offers incorporate
the key concepts from both. In addition, we continue to offer support in nurturing approaches to our Children’s Houses to
ensure they offer attuned and developmentally appropriate support for children and young people in their care. We have also
invited a range of professionals across the HSCP to our training sessions on Building on Positive relationships to ensure they
have a basic understanding of attachment, positive relationships and authoritative parenting.  Staff involved in the training
include Area Inclusion workers, Family Centred Wellbeing Service, Fostering and adoption services and Rosemount. In
addition, we invited our HSCP colleagues to attend our recent collaborative event on relationships and behaviour.
92

Page 93

17 
No.  Action  Update 2023-24
47 Work with children, young people, families,
and communities to improve mental health
and wellbeing through physical activity and
social participation. 
Over this year our health and wellbeing work had focussed on supporting schools by delivering our Bouceback mental health
and wellbeing programme. We have supported learners at the Hive, Ayrshire College with Your Resilience workshops and
training.  The Take Times Families Group work with 15 parents/ carers and children looking at anxiety, emotions, and
resilience in fun understandable ways. Both Joint Youth Forum and Primary 7 youth council featured MHWB workshops for
young people to look at resilience, wellbeing and positive mindset. Our Cyber Explorers programme supports young people
gaining a cyber resilience qualification and supports wellbeing and online safety with 755 registered on the system, 129
young people achieving SCQF Level 4 and 57 young people achieving SCQF Level 5. There are 1024 active DofE
participants where mental and physical health and wellbeing questions are regularly answered by participants on their DofE
app showing improving their mental/ physical health whilst taking part in the Award.
CLD Supports and leads on initiatives such as Our Scottish Sports Future, Community Schools for non-attenders, New Scots
Girls football, adventure group and volleyball.  Park Lives – Dalry Community Sports Club Taboo Topics Group – which
focusses on wellbeing podcasts and North Coast Media Studio with.  Our games group supports ASN young people with
wellbeing and resilience through gaming.
All Active Schools activity supports positive mental health for all participating children and young people. Our 
extra-curricular provision, events and leadership programmes across the year all help to reduce stress, boost their mood and
enhance their self-esteem. In addition, our staff have developed a guide for schools to raise awareness on how our work
contributes to positive mental health. Furthermore, the coaches and volunteers have been part of a robust training
programme around mental health and how to support young people during their weekly sessions. 
48 Continue to have appropriate pathways in
place for supporting mental wellbeing. 
Our mental health and wellbeing staff support early intervention and wellbeing to secondary and primary aged young people. 
Pathways to further services are in place for young people needing more support with links to school councillors, LIAM
training and conflict resolution sessions.
Mental and emotional wellbeing is one of the 10 priority pathways in the school nursing service.  During 2024/25 we have
undertaken work within the school nursing service to clearly define what support is able to be offered in relation to mental
health and wellbeing and agreed across Ayrshire that the following areas can be supported: low level anxiety, low mood,
bereavement support, self-harm and low self-esteem.  Staff have received additional training in relation to bereavement
support whilst continuing to deliver Let’s Introduce Anxiety Management (LIAM) where capacity allows.
49 Work together with children, young people,
and their families to help build resilience. 
Our Building on Positive relationships programme has been delivered to around 30 families to help build resilience in families.
We have developed resources to support anxiety to help improve attendance in our primary and secondary schools. Five of
our schools have been involved in a national programme to build resilience in schools. We have continued to support and
expand our LIAM and Project Restore Programme to help support children’s anxiety. We continue to develop resources to
capture children and young peoples views to help them share their experiences. We have recently invested in Emotion
Coaching training to help young people express their emotions whilst setting clear boundaries.
50 Improve services for children with neuro-
developmental conditions, implementing a
whole system approach with partners
across Health, Education, Social Services
and the Third Sector. (Implementation of
Through North Ayrshire’s CYP Neurodevelopmental Implementation Group, the following progress has been made during
2024/25:
• All North Ayrshire family supports for children with neurodevelopmental differences (NDD) have been mapped and
uploaded onto the NEST website.
93

Page 94

18 
No.  Action  Update 2023-24
the National CAMHS and
Neurodevelopmental Specifications). 
• A third phase of engagement work was undertaken with parents/carers around their experiences of NDD support and
services, following on from the focus groups undertaken in 2023/24.  A summary report of the findings has been
developed and will be shared with those who attended.  The focus groups have been a helpful reference point to
sense-check progress to date, to get feedback and to consider and respond to this.
• Following the 2023/24 training needs analysis of the children’s services workforce in North Ayrshire, an agreement to
create a NDD Learning and Development Adviser post (fixed term) was made.  This post will support build capacity
and capability of all agencies working with children and young people in relation to NDD. Due to delays in processes,
this post will be recruited in the next financial year and will be funded through the Whole Family Wellbeing Fund.
• A test of change involving the creation of a multi-agency panel (MAP) to review all children and young people who
had been referred to CAMHS since August 2023 but who no longer met the CAMHS criteria.
In addition, pan-Ayrshire discussions regarding what a potential ND service would look like have been ongoing, with a draft
business case being completed currently.
51 Public Health will implement a life course
approach to Mental Health and Wellbeing,
focusing on the first thousand and one
days, infancy and Children and Young
People. 
Public Health continues to socialise the life course approach to mental health and has presented to a range of colleagues and
partners this year including the Integrated Children and Young People's Transformational Change Board. 
Public Health continues to co-chair the North Ayrshire Wellness Model group alongside Education with a view to improving
access to tier one supports for children and young people across North Ayrshire. 
In addition to our MHWB resources 'A Guide for Children' and 'A Guide for Young People' a new 'Children's Workbook for
Mental Wellbeing' has been developed and is being promoted for use by all front-line staff working with young children and
families. 'A Workbook for Mental Wellbeing' is available to support older children, young people and young adults.
Public Health staff work closely with NA Education Mental Health and Wellbeing Operational Lead to provide training,
resources, expertise and support with a Whole School Approach to supporting mental health. 'Mental Health Improvement- a
practical approach' training has been delivered to the MHWB Operational Lead as well as Area Inclusion Workers who
continue to cascade the training and use learning to facilitate work with children and families. This training is available through
the PH Training Brochure for others who wish to access it. 
An MHI-apa training session was delivered to school nurses from across Ayrshire, including those from North Ayrshire. All
health information, resources and self-management tools to support CYP and family MHWB were highlighted during the
session.
There is now a network of facilitators delivering Time, Space, Compassion workshops which are open to staff working across
children's and young people's services. More information is available via the previously attached poster and people can
register an interest in the workshops using the QR code. Since October 2024, Public Health has organised and delivered 9
TSC workshops across Ayrshire and Arran. Three of these sessions were in North Ayrshire. However, staff from North
Ayrshire have accessed all sessions. 97 staff members from various have registered for the sessions with 75 attending and
completing these sessions. (Please let Nicola Tomkinson know if you would like any specific information about these
sessions- an evaluation report will be written soon). 
Within North Ayrshire the TSI have worked with Public Health and a number of partner and community groups to develop a
suicide prevention toolkit for the third sector. While this is not specifically aimed at CYP the staff working with them could use
this as it contains links in the apps list for CYP. The toolkit can be accessed here: Projects - Arran CVS
94

Page 95

19 
No.  Action  Update 2023-24
52 Establish a Community Planning
Partnership led Health and Wellbeing
Alliance to bring key partners together to
co-ordinate approach to targeting support
to improve individual, family and
community health and wellbeing. 
KA Leisure continues to work with partners to establish the strategic priorities of the North Ayrshire Wellbeing Alliance.
Meanwhile we have collaborated with partners to deliver two pilot projects –
Garnock Valley Task Force 
A collection of partners working to deliver an intervention project for young people disengaged in the classroom. The aim of
the collaboration is to encourage the young people to return to the classroom, make better more informed decisions and
connect with their communities.
Kilwinning Wellbeing and Employability Pilot
A collaboration between wellbeing and employability to increase opportunities and reduce inequalities of residents in
Blacklands and Kilwinning West.
53 Build on services that encourage parenting
skills and interactions with between family
members. 
Please see actions 15 and 23.
54 Build on the National CAMHS Specification
through the 3 established pathways (core,
unscheduled care, neuro), ensuring young
people are on the correct pathway at a
much earlier stage. 
3 teams are now operational and unscheduled care provide a 7-day service. Pathways between the three teams have been
developed to ensure that the young person is assessed and advice given and or referral to the appropriate pathway of care.
55 Continue to provide ‘worry workshops’ e.g.
identifying key issues raised as worries by
North Ayrshire children and young people
and using this to develop targeted
workshops on these issues. 
No longer required. 
56 Be responsive and pro-active in
responding to and learning from Young
Person’s Suicide through our Young
People’s Suicide Prevention Taskforce. 
The Young People’s Suicide Prevention Taskforce continued to meet regularly during 2024-25. The group have reflected on
learning and practice. It has been agreed that the Young People’s Suicide Prevention Taskforce will move to be incorporated
in the overarching Suicide Prevention Taskforce. Work is ongoing to integrate these strands into one strategic group. 
57 Deliver the new National Secure
Adolescent Inpatient Secure Unit
(Foxgrove) for children across Scotland,
which will also benefit young people in
North Ayrshire. 
Work within Foxgrove is ongoing. 
58 Explore opportunities to ensure young
people are not admitted to non-specialist
environments including options to develop
and in-house CAMHS inpatient provision. 
Conversations started and Business Case developed. 
59 Building on the success of the Kilwinning
Wellness Model, the Revised Wellness
The revised wellness model is now in place in all localities except the Three Towns. Plans are in place to complete the roll out
early in the next school session. Education and Primary Health care colleagues have commented on the positive relationships
95

Page 96

20 
No.  Action  Update 2023-24
Model working group will now seek to roll
out the approach across all North Ayrshire
localities. 
being developed through the model. This ensures children and young people are receiving mental health and wellbeing
support timeously with robust referrals to CAMHS in place when required.
60 Enable young carers to have a quality of
life outside caring and ensure support
when moving through key life stages. 
Please see Action 12
Our HSCP Young Carers Education Fund received 119 requests between 1/4/2024 and 31/3/2025. Young carers were
supported to receive a break from caring, look after their own health and wellbeing via KA Leisure Memberships, sports
equipment etc. and improve life opportunities such as representing their country at sport or dance or commencing driving
lessons. Carers Gateway North Ayrshire (CGNA) supported 94 requests from young carers via their Time to Live funding to
support a break from caring, which was just under 25% of all funding allocated. 
CGNA hosted a range of young carer/ family events and activities over spring, summer and festive holiday periods and at key
national points like Young Carers Action Day, Carers Week and Carers Rights Day. There have been woodland wake ups at
Eglinton Park, Maritime Museum trips, a Hopscotch residential, movie nights, Christmas and Halloween parties as well as the
Scottish Young Carers Festival which takes place every year in August allowing young carers to come together, have a break
from caring, meet new friends and take part in national consultation but mostly, have fun.
CGNA and HSCP supported the formation of a Transition Together Group in late Summer 2024. 
The Young Adult Carers Transition Plan, developed by the Carers Gateway Team, is designed to support positive and
meaningful conversations with young carers at key transition points. It focuses on providing holistic support across areas such
as education, employment, finances, peer networks, and community engagement. This plan is available to young carers
either moving into the Young Adult Carers service or those aged 16 and leaving full-time education.
The Carers Gateway Education Offer, along with established working agreements between the CGNA Team and education
providers, places a strong emphasis on supporting young carers during the transition from Primary 7 to Secondary 1. The
focus is on ensuring they receive appropriate information and guidance, and are aware of how to access or continue support
as they move into secondary education.
The Young Carers Champions Board is in its early stages, with key planning underway for an initial residential at the Arran
Outdoor Activity Centre. This residential trip aims to ensure that young carers remain at the heart of decision-making, helping
to shape support, services, and future developments. 
Priority 5: Inspiring children and young people to be active
No.  Action Update 2024-25
61 Create innovative physical activity and
sports opportunities with communities and
partners. 
Active Schools and KA Leisure have continued to support more young people to be active both within a school and
community settings. We have worked in partnership to make sure there are school to community links in all six localities.
Across this year we have also worked together to fill any gaps in provision to ensure all localities have an equitable number
of opportunities for all young people to take part in. Our pathways between school to club/community sport has been
strengthened to allow a better transition for our young people.
In addition, Active Schools have continued to focus on those who most need our support to access sporting opportunities
across our system. The Active Schools and Communities Partnership Officers have played a crucial role in this and have
96

Page 97

21 
No.  Action Update 2024-25
removed any barriers to participation for those that are care experienced, living in poverty, on the cusp, non-attenders or
targeted. Furthermore, the team have continued their support to the HSCP, third sector partners and ASN young people.
KA Leisure offers a diverse range of programs that include sport and general physical activity. We collaborate with
communities and partners to provide term-time activities and holiday programs.  Our term time programme is spread across
all localities with over 100 classes per week. 
There are 1024 active DofE participants where physical health is part of all participants award Duke of Edinburgh's Award
(DofE) which has four core sections: Volunteering, Skills, Physical, and Expedition, with a Residential section added at the
Gold level.  
62 Adopt a whole systems approach to diet
and healthy weight. 
In relation to the healthy weight whole systems work, an event is being planned by Connected Communities for mid-late
June 2025 to discuss how to remobilise the work.
63 Design opportunities into the whole system
to enable children, young people, and their
families to access supported physical
activity opportunities and have a healthy
lifestyle. 
Active Schools key priority is still to support ALL schools in North Ayrshire to deliver high quality extra-curricular
programmes that are open to ALL. Across the year the top 5 sports participated in by our schools are – football, netball,
rackets sports, dance and Multisports. Our events calendars this year have seen over 2003 young people take part in a
variety of sports across 25 events. In addition to these events, we have supported our ASN pupils to attend the Ayrshire
Sports Ability and Scottish Disability calendar of events to make sure ALL young people have the opportunity to perform and
compete at the appropriate level. 
64 Ensure all our early years indoor and
outdoor learning environments and
activities enable children to be physically
active. 
All early year’s establishments provide learning environments which provide opportunities for physical play both indoors and
outdoors. All staff are aware of the importance of developing gross motor skills and ensure experiences offered support
development of core strength, stability, balance, spatial awareness, co-ordination and agility.
65 Promote access to leisure services for
children and young people to encourage
participation in physical activities. 
KA Leisure continues to deliver innovative marketing campaigns to encourage participation across the general public.  We
also collaborate with partners to provide targeted approaches to encourage harder to reach young people to participate in
our programmes.
66 Promote the introduction of the INSPIRE
programme to improve opportunities for
alternative activities, including arts, drama
and music. 
KA Leisure promotes the INSPIRE programme by offering a comprehensive membership that provides children and young
people with access to a wide range of activities, including arts, drama, dance, and music.
We ensure visibility through community engagement, partnerships, and targeted marketing efforts. The programme includes
term-time activities and holiday programmes.
67 Create and protect safe spaces for children
to play and enjoy being outdoors. 
There are 1024 active DofE participants where physical health is part of all participants award Duke of Edinburgh's Award
(DofE) which has four core sections: Volunteering, Skills, Physical, and Expedition, with a Residential section added at the
Gold level.  
We led a consultation around the national Play Strategy engaging with primary and secondary young people through a
variety of events that supported young people voice in North Ayrshire.
Our outdoors for wellbeing programme gave 30 primary aged young people a weeklong programme of outdoor activities
that supported wellness which included yoga, tree planting, nature walks and more.
We work in partnership with Scottish Ports Futures to provide the Twilight Basketball programme that incorporates physical
health with youth work issue-based programmes throughout the year. Working with our New Scots girls group we support
the Swans Girls Football Team. All early year’s establishments have access to outdoors at all times of the year.
97

Page 98

22 
No.  Action Update 2024-25
68 Support parents to understand the
importance of movement and enjoyment
for children and young people. 
KA Leisure encourages this through ongoing marketing campaigns, open days and targeted programmes.
69 Work with local small business/ fitness
team to provide access to activity and
nutrition information. 
Partners of KA Leisure support funded memberships for young people from the age 12. Any young person from the ages of
12 – 15 looking to use our gyms must first take part in our Elevate Academy.  This 4-week programme provides 12–15-year-
olds with an introduction to a Gym Environment. These sessions will provide information on how to exercise safely and
effectively whilst looking to Inspire, Educate and Challenge the Future Generation.
70 Creation of new and local growing spaces
to support communities to grow foods, to
upskills families, enhance family time and
connection. 
New Community Gardens are underway in Beith, Bourtreehill, and Largs.
A new outreach programme managed by The Three Towns Growers and supported by The Community Campaigner from
North Ayrshire Foodbank has started in the Three Towns. Six new sites have been identified within the three towns and link
in with existing facilities. These include Ardeer Primary, The Hub on the Prom, Doon the Beach and Argyle Community
Centre. Local families and individuals will be encouraged to get involved and learn new skills in food growing, and any
leftover produce will support the Fairer Food Network of larders. 
Existing allotments and growers continue to develop a year round series of community events and themed days to
encourage public interest and support. These include plant sales, themed event such as Halloween and Christmas, Duck
Races and Tattie day, which encourages local people to grow their own potatoes. 
This year, households using Ardrossan South Larder were able to get a free potato growing pack including grow bag, seed
potatoes, compost and instructions. In addition, school visits to local sites encourage an interest in growing from a young
age which is then nurtured and supported through school learning. 
71 Ensure all primary, secondary and ASN
schools are provided with quality extra-
curricular opportunities in sport and
physical activity that are open to all. 
Active Schools key focus has remained on getting ‘More Kids, More Active, More Often’. Extra-curricular provision has been
delivered across all primary, secondary and ASN establishments. 9201 young people have attended a variety of sport and
physical activity sessions across this year, which is over 52% of the whole young people population. There were 10,420
sessions delivered across the year with 217,225 visits in total taking place (if 10 kids attended 10 times that's 100 visits).
We had 663 deliverers of which 98% of them are volunteers, this highest in recorded in Scotland.
72 Ensure all young people have the
opportunity to compete and perform
regardless of what level they are at. 
Our Active Schools Calendar of events this year have seen over 5300 young people take part in a variety of sports across
63 events. The events calendars run in clusters, localities as well as North Ayrshire wide. In addition to these events, we
have supported our ASN pupils to attend the Ayrshire Sports Ability and Scottish Disability calendar of events to make sure
ALL young people have the opportunity to perform and compete at the appropriate level. 
73 Create and support a school to community
club pathway for sport across North
Ayrshire. 
Last academic year Active Schools supported 52 North Ayrshire clubs to engage in schools. 
Clubs delivered the following: 
• Curriculum enhancement sessions (PE slots over and above the schools 2 hours of PE) 
• Health week sessions 
• One off days in schools 
• Visits to the club 
• Promotion of club through distribution of flyers 
Furthermore, Our North Ayrshire Community Sport Hub are flourishing. In partnership with KA, we have been supporting
clubs with training, venues and one to one development sessions. In collaboration with selected affiliated clubs, we have
98

Page 99

23 
No.  Action Update 2024-25
been supporting the delivery of satellite clubs to encourage more localised participation. In addition, we have supported the
development of additional ASN sessions at North Ayrshire Athletics club. Badminton as also been a focus this year with the
employment of a racket sports officer who sits within the KA team to develop school to community clubs in targeted
localities. 
74 Ensure an effective leadership pathway is
developed for P6 through to S6 and
beyond to develop transferable skills. 
Active School have a sector leading leadership pathway from P6-S6 and beyond. The P6 Move and Improve programme
has seen 1003 young people trained as leaders. Their role is to deliver quality sports and physical activity lunchtime
session to their peers. We have also had 36 teaching staff members trained through this programme to support the delivery.
Our S1-S6 Young Ambassador programme has 148 representatives. Their role is to promote sport and encourage others to
be more Active. Our S5-S6 North Ayrshire Sports Academy programme has 168 young people engaged. Each participant
will have gained a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 12 qualifications. These range from their Saltire Awards, National
Governing Body Qualifications all the way through to and SQA in Higher Leadership. This programme has seen the young
people volunteer over 5500 hours within their local schools and communities. 
75 Ensure we remove any barriers to
participation for care experienced young
people to take part in sport and physical
activity. 
The role of the Active Schools and Community Partnership to work with key partners and stakeholders to remove barriers
for the young people and families within Care Experience across North Ayrshire to take part in Sport and Physical Activity
using a Whole Systems Approach to lead a healthier Lifestyle.  
This last year has seen the delivery on 31 different experiential opportunities to 273 young people. The opportunities are
wide and varied and range from water sports, climbing, sailing to residentials and fun days. On completion of their
experiential activity the young people are then supported into more frequent activity within their own school and or
communities of which 59% currently have taken this opportunity on. 
The work of this team has grown to supporting non-attenders, those living in poverty, ASN (244 of which 90% have moved
into frequent activity), young people supported by the Drug and Alcohol team (16), New Scots (10) and Unaccompanied
Asylum-Seeking Children/ Trafficked Young People (16).
76 Expand and develop the Health and
Wellbeing Service to accommodate
children and young people, with a focus on
partnership working within the Mind and Be
Active programme to establish an early
intervention approach that provides
supported physical activity opportunities for
children and young people who are
experiencing poor mental health. 
KA Leisure has delivered targeted interventions to secondary schools and collaborated with partners to encourage the use
pf sport and physical activity to improve young people’s mental health.  
77 We will work with Community Planning
Partners to establish a set of outcome
indicators to measure progress on each of
the priorities and actions. 
The Children’s Services Strategic Partnership agreed a set of performance measures to ensure we are monitoring progress
of our Children’s Services Plan and this will be reported as part of our performance reporting. 
99

Page 100

APPENDIX 2: Childrens Services Plan Performance Indicators 2024-25 
Priority 1: The rights of children and young people are promoted and protected
Indicator 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
Children and Young People receiving Advocacy Support 178 TBC TBC TBC
Number of young people taking part in influence and engagement
through CLD (Community Learning and Development) (e.g.
engagement, youth participation and citizenship work)
12,749 20,694 15,202 11,746
Proportion of child protection re-registrations within 18 months  17.8% 10.8% N/A N/A 
Priority 2: Acting early to improve what happens next
Indicator 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
Percentage of children with one or more developmental concerns at
their 27-30 month review (Calendar year)
(2022)
19.96%
(2023)
21.6%
(2024)
20.8% N/A
Babies who have always been exclusively breastfed (reported at 6/8
weeks) (Calendar year)
(2022)
20.1%
(2023)
20.3%
(2024)
25.6% N/A
Children referred to Reporter for offences (aged 8-15) (rate per 1000)  5.23 N/A N/A N/A
Children referred to Reporter for care and protection (aged 0-15) (rate
per 1000)  16.26 N/A N/A N/A
Immunisation uptake for 6-in-1 - children (aged 24 months) (3 year
rolling average) 96.95% 96.7% N/A N/A
Immunisation uptake for MMR - children (aged 24 months) (3 year
rolling average) 94.2% 93.1% N/A N/A
Number of Requests for Assistance received - referred to Specialist
Services - for Speech and Language 61 26 46 12
Number of Requests for Assistance received – referred to HV support
workers within UEY (Universal Early Years) team in the period for
Speech and Communication
193 139 157 171
Percentage of Primary 1 Children free from dental decay  71.16% 73.32% 69% N/A
Percentage of Primary 7 Children free from dental decay  N/A 77.34% 70.1% N/A
Uptake of the HPV vaccine in S3 girls (3 year rolling average) 75.20% 78.23% 79.3% N/A
Deaths from suicide (aged 11-25) (rate per 100,000) (5 year rolling
average) 15.9 N/A N/A N/A
Alcohol-related hospital admissions (aged 11-25) (rate per 100,000) (3
year rolling average) 216.75 N/A 151.9 N/A
Drug-related hospital admissions (aged 11-25) (rate per 100,000) (3
year rolling average) 164.48 147.1 114.7 N/A
Smoking during pregnancy as reported at antenatal booking (3 year
rolling average) (Calendar year) 21.46 15.6 N/A N/A 
Priority 3: Making things fairer
Indicator 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
Proportion of Looked after Children with more than 1 placement in the
last year 18.8% 17.4% N/A N/A
Children looked after by the local authority as at 31st July (aged 0-17) 446 404 409 N/A
Children on the child protection register as at 31st July (rate per 1,000
children) 4.2 3.5 4.1 N/A
School attendance rate for whole population  N/A 89.0% 89.1% N/A
School attendance rate for looked after children  N/A 84.2% N/A N/A
Number of families receiving cash payments for Free School Meals
during holiday periods (school year, snapshot of data) 3,120 2,706 2,626 2,690
Combined Numeracy achievement for P1, P4 & P7 (expected CFE
level) 75.5% 75.9% 76.2% N/A
Combined Literacy achievement for P1, P4 & P7 (expected CFE level) 67.3% 68.5% 68.6% N/A
Percentage of pupils gaining 5+ awards at SCQF Level 5 (LGBF) 67% 63% 65% N/A
100

Page 101

Indicator 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
Percentage of pupils from 20% most deprived areas gaining 5+ awards
at SCQF Level 5  53% 52% 53% N/A
Annual participation measure for all 16-19 year olds (calendar year) 90.84% 92.0% 91.7% N/A
School leavers entering an initial positive destination  96% 96.5% 95.6% N/A
Percentage of Children living in poverty after housing costs 29.0% 29.2% N/A N/A 
Priority 4: Promoting good mental health and wellbeing
Indicator 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
Number of referrals to CAMHS (ISD Child and Adolescent Mental Health
Services in Scotland)  2,178 2,166 2,741 1,194
Percentage of referrals to CAMHS started treatment within 18 Weeks  99% 95% 99% 99.6%
Number of children and young people accessing Community Mental
Health and Wellbeing Supports and Services 3,093 6,038 5,962 6,527
Total number of children accessing counsellors (school year) 549 666 379 477
Percentage of children who have reported an improved outcome
following access to a counsellor 100% 100% 100% 99.4% 
Priority 5: Inspiring children and young people to be active
Indicator 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
Child healthy weight in Primary 1 (5% to 95% centile) 72.1 N/A N/A N/A
Number of young people (Distinct participants) engaged with Active
Schools during Extra Curricular (school year) 6,570 9,285 9,201 N/A
Number of Young people who are leaders in our key Active Schools
programmes (school year) 556 1,171 1,327 N/A
Number of Active Schools experiential opportunities offered to Care
experienced young people (school year) 9 31 31 N/A
Number of ASN (Additional Support Needs) pupils engaging with Active
Schools extra-curricular and through experiential opportunities (school
year)
55 140 213 N/A
KA Leisure memberships distributed either free or funded by partners N/A 69 TBC TBC
Active travel to school 51.70% 47.49% 48% N/A 
Please note – data that is not available yet is due to timescales of national data releases or
variations in reporting schedules, for example, academic years.  Data will be reviewed and
updated when available. 
101

Page 102

Whole Family Wellbeing Fund (WFWF) Annual Summary 2024/2025
Overview The Whole Family Wellbeing Fund (WFWF) continues to enable the development of strong
foundations for transformational change to ensure preventative whole family support
measures to help families overcome challenges before they reach crisis point.   
In its third year of implementation, the developments in North Ayrshire reflect a collective
commitment from statutory services, the third sector and the independent sector to create
sustainable, family-centred support systems. 
The Scottish Government has recently reaffirmed their commitment to the Whole Family
Wellbeing Fund programme and confirmed a Ministerial decision to elongate the
timeframe of the Programme beyond this Parliament. 
COSLA and the Scottish Government have agreed that from the 1st April 2025 the total
funding for the WFWF will increase from £32m to £38.1m for both this current 2025/26
and 2026-27 financial years. Therefore, extending the programme from 4 years to 5
years. 
Key
achievements 
During this reporting period, 14 new and existing projects and services have benefitted from
WFWF funding, demonstrating a broad and positive impact across North Ayrshire.  The
developments in North Ayrshire reflect a collective commitment from statutory services, the
third sector and the independent sector to create sustainable, family-centred support
systems. These initiatives are crucial in addressing complex family needs and fostering a
collaborative, integrated approach to service delivery. 
The third year of the WFWF has not only facilitated scaling up of essential services but has also
supported the establishment of key roles and teams, including the WFWF Programme Lead
and the Neurodevelopmental Empowerment and Strategy Team (NEST). 
The Dads Rock service’s success highlighted the need for expansion, leading to funding
and recruitment of an additional support worker to extend the service into Irvine. This
growth reflects the increasing demand for dedicated support for fathers in the
community. 
Implementation of the Building on Positive Relationships (BPR) parenting approach
withing the Family Centred Wellbeing Service has significantly improved family support by
involving parents in group work and one-to-one interventions. During this reporting period,
three BPR groups ran simultaneously, each involving 4-6 families, with all team members
trained in BPR. With 172 active cases, the FCWS delivers extensive daily interventions,
supported by Educational Psychology partners. The approach is also being extended to
schools to train pastoral staff, aiming for consistent support across educational and family
Services and for dedicated support for fathers in the community. 
In January, 79 practitioners attended the Whole Family Wellbeing Fund event at Saltcoats
Town Hall. The idea was formed by the WFWF Forum, where the group felt it would be
useful to showcase and connect the funded projects and services with practitioners at an
interactive meeting and networking event. Attendees, which included those from the Third
102

Page 103

and Independent Sectors, Education, HSCP, NHS and NAC, had the opportunity to hear
from 11 of the funded services in addition to finding out further information at the market
place stalls. 
Challenges  In early December 2024, the Chair of Ayrshire Rape Crisis confirmed that re-recruitment
for the WFWF funded family support worker had been on hold due to core funding
uncertainty. Separately to this, the unexpected resignation of the Star Centre manager
in February meant the funded role could not be recruited and managed withing the
remaining timeframe.  As a result, £34,000 of unspent funds were returned. 
Due to Saltcoats Link-up having to withdraw from the WFWF, a review of the third sector
applications previously received was undertaken. An approach was made to Beith Trust
to ascertain whether they would still be interested in utilising the funding for the scale-up
of the Baby Bundles project into other areas of North Ayrshire. The fund has enabled
Beith Trust to employ a project worker for an additional 25 hours per week to ensure the
Baby Bundles project is accessible outwith the Garnock Valley and expand into the
Three Towns locality. 
Outcomes and
Impact
During 2024/25, a total of 550 children and young people across North Ayrshire
accessed WFWF funded services or programmes. Furthermore, 688 families have been
impacted by the WFWF proposals during the 12 month period. 
It is promising to note that most funded projects address three to four local priorities,
reflecting a strategic alignment with broader community needs.  These targeted efforts play a
vital role in addressing specific challenges faced by families and ensuring they receive the
tailored support required. 
In terms of the geographical spread of the WFWF proposals, the majority are operating
in the Three Towns locality and on a North Ayrshire wide basis. Although Arran does not
have any specific services delivered on the island, Arran is covered by the North
Ayrshire wide services. 
Overall, the WFWF’s progress in North Ayrshire underscores the importance of a holistic,
community driven approach to family wellbeing, demonstrating both immediate benefits and
laying the groundwork for long term, sustainable change. 
Financial
position 
The current financial position as of March 2025, is described below.  The table sets out
the spend to date and projected spend based on confirmation that the annual SG
allocation of funds for Year 4 of the Fund. 
Year 3
24/25 
Year 4 Projections
25/26
Brought Forward from
previous year  £        1,313,000.00   £           933,999.96 
SG Allocation  £           954,000.00   £        1,119,000.00 
Total Funds Available In
Year  £        2,267,000.00   £        2,052,999.96 
103

Page 104

Family Centred Wellbeing
Service  £           575,503.28   £           600,000.00 
Expansion of EY Social
Workers  £           154,004.79   £             55,000.00 
Dads Rock  £             68,095.00   £             70,138.00 
Neighbourhood Networks  £             50,312.00   £                        -   
Vicarious Trauma  £              8,169.00   £               8,000.00 
Notre Dame  £             54,060.33   £                        -   
Programme Lead  £             53,536.81   £             55,143.00 
Neuro allocation  £             27,728.69   £                        -   
Third sector allocation  £           292,979.80   £           233,012.00 
Educational Psychologist  £             47,888.84   £             75,160.00 
To be confirmed  £                  511.50   £                        -   
Total Spend  £        1,332,790.04   £        1,096,453.00 
Funds Remaining  £           934,209.96   £           956,546.96 
Allocations for CSSPs for years 4 and 5 have now been confirmed following conclusion
of the Scottish Parliament’s consideration of the Scottish Budget. 
WFWF allocation for North Ayrshire has been increased from £954,000 to £1,119,000. 
This is an increase of £165,000 per annum for years 4 and 5. 
The financial position will continue to be monitored and reported back to the CSSP. 
Learning To ensure accountability and measure progress, all funding recipients are required to
complete an evaluation template every 6 months.  This comprehensive template
captures vital information about each project, including intended outcomes, progress
made, areas for improvement and any challenges or barriers encountered. 
WFWF recipients have come together 3 times during this reporting period to network,
share learning, discuss challenges and project sustainability. The Whole Family
Wellbeing Fund Forum will continue to meet quarterly. 
The first edition of the WFWF newsletter was published in September. The newsletter
provides details on all the projects and services supported by the Fund and relevant
contact details. This was circulated electronically to WFWF partners, the third sector and
in the HSCP news bulletin. 
The WFWF Programme Lead attends the Learning into Action (LiA) Network.  The
purpose of this group is to allow CSSP’s and other relevant stakeholders to access
information such as briefings, policy updates, upcoming events, case studies and other
useful resources regarding the WFWF. 
104

Page 105

Next steps  The annual report for 2024/25 is currently being drafted and will provide more detail to
the high level summary provided in this report.  This will be submitted to the Scottish
Government in June and shared with the Children’s Services’ Strategic Partnership. 
The WFWF logic model, created by Scottish Government, is a visual representation of
how the funding is intended to impact its beneficiaries (children, young people, and
families and CSSP staff). It captures the sequence of events expected to lead to
outcomes that together, if achieved, are expected to lead to the impacts.  It summarises
the rationale for providing the funding and shows some of the mechanisms by which
change might come about.  As we approach the fourth year of the programme, we aim
to create a North Ayrshire specific WFWF logic model. 
Finally, we will continue to focus on sustainability and longevity of projects beyond the
life of the WFWF. 
Author: Fiona Pow, Whole Family Wellbeing Fund Programme Lead (Children and Families
Health Team)
Senior Manager: Joanne Inglis, Senior Manager – Children and Families (Children and
Families Health Team) 
105

Page 106

106

Page 107

Integration Joint Board 
19th June 2025
Subject: Allied Health Professions within Acute Settings 
Purpose: • Awareness
Recommendation: It is recommended that the Integration Joint Board 
a) Note the contents of this report. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both
(where Directions are required
please complete Directions
Template)
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required x
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
Please use this box to ensure that all acronyms etc are set out in full.  All acronyms must be
set out in full the first time they appear in a paper with the acronym following in brackets. 
Some examples have been listed below. 
AHP  Allied Health Professions
CMT Corporate Management Team 
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
SPOG Strategic Planning and Operational Group 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 The purpose of this report is to provide an update to members of the IJB in relation to
work that has been progressing to optimise arrangements for Allied Health
Professionals working within the acute setting. 
Whilst these services are currently under the remit and management of East and
South Ayrshire HSCPs they are effectively led and delivered within acute services on
behalf of all three HSCPs.  In addition, the anticipated benefits of the proposed
changes will also benefit the residents and patients from North Ayrshire. 
There are no direct changes proposed currently to any AHP services in North Ayrshire
currently managed by Sharon Hackney as our Lead AHP, including our AHPs who
support inpatient areas including community hospitals and Mental Health settings. 
Agenda Item 6
107

Page 108

2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 NHS Ayrshire & Arran hosts nine Allied Health Professions (AHPs) delivering services
across health and care: diagnostic radiographers, dietitians, music therapists,
occupational therapists, orthoptists, orthotists, physiotherapists, podiatrists, and
speech and language therapists. AHPs work with people of all ages, often within
multidisciplinary teams, across hospitals, community settings, prisons, and outpatient
services. 
With the integration of health and social care, the majority of AHP services including
dietetics, occupational therapy, orthotics, physiotherapy, podiatry, and speech and
language therapy were devolved to the Health and Social Care Partnerships (HSCP)
under lead partnership arrangements.  Each HSCP hosted a Senior AHP Manager
led by and professionally accountable to the Associate Director of AHPs.  Radiography
and Orthoptics remained within Acute Services, each led by a Head of Service, also
professionally accountable to the Associate Director of AHPs. 
In 2017, a principle of maximum devolution was applied to further integrate AHP
services within the HSCPs.  This was with the exception of MSK and Orthotics which
were retained as pan-Ayrshire services hosted by East Ayrshire HSCP due to their
strong links with primary care. It was also agreed in 2017 that responsibility for AHPs
within acute settings would align with the HSCP in which the hospital site was located;
South Ayrshire HSCP for University Hospital Ayr and East Ayrshire HSCP for
University Hospital Crosshouse. 
Despite these arrangements, challenges emerged in ensuring appropriate leadership,
visibility, and strategic alignment of AHP services within acute services. In 2023, in
response to consistent feedback, a temporary Chief AHP role was introduced within
Acute Services. This role enhanced visibility, influence, and access to AHP leadership,
but challenges remained, particularly regarding decision making proximity, AHP
workforce integration into acute transformation, and the optimal utilisation of resource. 
In July 2024 NHS Ayrshire & Arran’s Strategic Planning and Operational Group
(SPOG) approved the establishment of a stakeholder group to: 
• Map current AHP resources in acute.
• Define a future and transitional model for AHP services in acute.
• Consider a commissioning model with clearer expectations and measurable
outcomes.
• Clarify professional leadership and management arrangements. 
A Steering Group, and an Expert Reference Group, were subsequently convened to
lead this review. 
Key findings and themes from the initial Acute AHP review included: 
108

Page 109

• Lack of alignment between where acute AHP services are delivered and where
decisions are made.
• A sense of limited influence within Acute Services over AHP provision, despite
daily impacts and associated risks.
• Missed opportunities to fully embed AHPs within acute leadership models and
associated transformation.
• Ongoing staff stress and operational pressures.
• AHPs as the only professional group delivering services in acute settings whilst
being managed through the HSCPs. 
There has been clear consensus on the need for change. While it is acknowledged
that structural shifts alone may not deliver transformation, closer alignment of
leadership and decision making to service delivery has been agreed as essential. 
To progress beyond the initial review, a number of further workshops, listening
sessions and engagement sessions were progressed between October 2024 and
March 2025 in ensuring wide contributions and exploring potential ways forwards.   
With support of Viridian, several potential ways forward were considered with a multi
stakeholder group.  Several options, including a lead partnership model, and change
only for one acute site were discounted by the group early in the process.   
Although not unanimously, it was noted that the establishment of clear service level
agreements and formal commissioning expectations was expressed as the preferred
route for the majority of the AHP Senior and Service Managers; with the HSCPs
retaining accountability for acute AHPs.   
An Acute led model was consistently expressed as the preferred way forwards for
Acute colleagues from both a multidisciplinary clinical, and management perspective. 
The current disconnection was regularly highlighted as a barrier to realising the full
contribution of AHPs within acute transformation. 
While the merit in supporting a service level agreement/commissioning approach was
acknowledged, this was judged to not go far enough in ensuring that decisions are
made as proximally to service delivery as possible, or to adjust the fundamental issues
of AHPs in acute being disconnected from the wider acute management team, and
from ongoing transformation activity.   
To retain accountability for acute AHPs within the HSCPs, the existing HSCP AHP
management teams would require to significantly increase presence and strategic
input within acute divisional transformation.  This has the potential to occur at the
expense of focus and attention on community based services, which is where such
input is required in ensuring continued progress towards early intervention, prevention
and enhanced community provision.   
109

Page 110

On balance, and with consideration, the Corporate Management Team agreed a move
to an Acute Led model for acute AHP staff as the preferred way forwards – in
maximising the contribution of AHPs in both the HSCPs and Acute services as part of
a whole system, and considering experience and outcomes for both staff and service
users. 
3. PROPOSALS 
Responsibility and accountability for AHP services currently delivered within the acute
setting, inpatient and front door will transfer to acute services.  The resource currently
supporting the Chief AHP role in acute will be utilised to recruit to a permanent AHP
Senior Manager role for acute.  The acute AHP Senior Manager, and three HSCP
AHP Senior Managers will continue to work as a whole system collective
professionally with the Director of AHPs, in maximising the contribution of AHPs for
the people of Ayrshire and Arran.     
Further engagement is progressing with the AHP leadership team in refining the detail
of an Acute led AHP Structure.  The Organisational Change policy will then be
followed in ensuring no staff are disadvantaged through these changes.  It should be
underlined that there is no intention to reduce the number of AHP staff, or to change
staff bases through this process.   
3.1 Anticipated Outcomes 
In summary of the rationale for change, and intended benefits for the people of North
Ayrshire: 
• Strengthen Quality, Safety and Clinical Voice: In the current context, with
persistent challenge across health and care, quality, patient safety and strong
clinical voice is imperative.   The planned changes ensure strong AHP
professional voice and influence within each part of the health and care system
in Ayrshire and Arran.  
• Manage Risk Proactively: Acute AHP risk at University Hospital Ayr (UHA) and
University Hospital Crosshouse (UHC) are currently held by South and East
Ayrshire HSCPs respectively, despite risk exposure and impact being felt within
acute services. The proposed model aligns accountability with the setting of
service delivery, enabling faster, more responsive decision making and more
effective risk mitigation.
• Maximise Leadership Focus and Capacity:    With responsibility for acute and
community AHP services currently sitting with the South and East Ayrshire HSCP
AHP Senior Managers, there is an expectation of visibility and responsiveness
within acute, whilst also progressing the AHP contribution to early intervention
and prevention, population health and community services.  The planned
changes support clarity of role and focus, with attention of the HSCP AHP Senior
managers centred on community activity, and additional AHP senior leadership
capacity in acute.    
110

Page 111

• Embed AHPs within Acute Transformation: The critical function of AHPs in the
acute setting is recognised in supporting rehabilitation, reducing the potential of
deconditioning, reducing length of stay, supporting system flow and minimising
impact on delayed transfers of care.  The disconnection between operational
management and service delivery has hindered AHP integration within acute
transformation programmes. By embedding acute AHPs directly into the acute
leadership structure, the model ensures their contributions are harnessed as part
of multidisciplinary planning and delivery, positioning AHPs as integral to the
redesign and improvement of hospital-based care.
• Address Inequity:  There has been varied investment in acute AHPs by South
and East Ayrshire HSCPs in recent years.  There have also been several shifts
within acute services, with Orthopaedic trauma, acute stroke care and the highest
levels of critical care now delivered at UHC for all Ayrshire residents, including
those from North Ayrshire. While this proposal does not seek to redistribute the
full AHP workforce across both acute sites, there are ambitions around reducing
the current inequity, and managing risk, which oversight of the full acute AHP
workforce will enable.   
• Strengthen Clinical and Operational Governance: AHPs are the only
professional group working in acute services while managed externally. This
model strengthens governance by aligning professional accountability and
service management within the acute structure, enhancing oversight, assurance,
and the ability to respond to clinical issues as they arise. 
This proposal is fully supported by both the Executive Nurse Director and the Director
of Allied Health Professions, who recognise the change as a clinically necessary step
to improve safety, effectiveness, and quality of care. Both agree that aligning AHP
services more closely with acute service delivery strengthens clinical governance,
enhances accountability, and ensures AHPs are optimally positioned to contribute to
whole-system transformation. The model addresses current gaps in leadership
proximity, supports more agile decision making, and ensures AHP expertise is
embedded within acute redesign and improvement activity. 
3.2 Measuring Impact 
Staff and patient experience will be key indicators of success. 
In addition, embedding acute AHPs directly into the acute leadership structure, this
model ensures their contributions are harnessed as part of multidisciplinary planning
and delivery, positioning AHPs as integral to the redesign and improvement of
hospital-based care. 
Maximised AHP contribution in the acute setting:
• supports rehabilitation, 
• reduces the potential of deconditioning, 
• impacts positively on length of stay, 
• supports system flow, and 
111

Page 112

• minimises impact on delayed transfers of care.   
4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
This proposal seeks to make best use of available finance.  No additional resource is
being requested from North Ayrshire IJB, or NHS Ayrshire & Arran Board for this
proposal.  There will be no financial detriment to North Ayrshire HSCP as a result of
this change. Any adjustments required for safe AHP leadership arrangements within
acute would be absorbed through multidisciplinary workforce planning within acute
services. The South and East Ayrshire HSCP AHP Senior Managers are supporting
due diligence in clarifying the HSCP AHP resource currently delivering service within
acute services, which would transfer to Acute under these changes.   
4.2 Human Resources
This proposal seeks to maximise the contribution of AHPs to whole system service
delivery and ensure best use of resource available in the current context.   This
proposal creates clarity of role, stability and positions AHPs as key, integrated
elements of their respective directorates, HSCP and Acute for workforce planning and
diversification within existing resource.   
Partnership representation has been provided throughout the exploratory, informal
stages of this process to date.  The formal organisational change process will be
followed in enacting this change.   
4.3 Legal
None. 
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
The activity outlined in this report has been progressed with the ambition of improving
access to AHP services and to ensure sufficient strategic focus across all parts of the
health and care system. 
4.5 Risk
There are a number of acute AHP workforce risks currently being held on HSCP risk
registers in South and East Ayrshire HSCPs.  Whilst accountability for these risks, and
the approach being taken to treat or tolerate currently sits with the relevant HSCPs,
the impact of these risks is experienced within acute service delivery.  The intended
changes seek to balance risk, accountability, and proximity to service delivery.   
Enacting this proposal transfers the accountability for acute AHP services, and any
associated risk to Acute services.   
4.6 Community Wealth Building
None. 
112

Page 113

4.7 Key Priorities
Planned next steps are as follows: 
• Update on these planned changes are being brought to all three Ayrshire IJBs in
June 2025, for awareness.
• The final detail of the proposal is being refined with the AHP Senior and Service
Managers.
• The final version of proposed acute AHP structure will require approval of the
Director of Acute Services prior to initiation of formal process. 
• Due diligence is progressing with support of finance and HR colleagues.
• The formal notification of organisational change will be made in June 2025, with
subsequent process followed thereafter.
• It is intended that these new arrangements will commence in September 2025.   
5. CONSULTATION 
There has been significant engagement with all parties through this process, including
a number of recent workshops facilitated by Viridian, and robust discussions at SPOG
and CMT. 
AHP Trade Union and Professional Committee colleagues have been actively
engaged through the informal process to date.   
Regular email communication has been distributed to all AHP staff throughout the
timeline of the Acute AHP review.  These communications have been sent jointly from
the Director of Acute services, Director of Allied Health Professions, AHP Trade Union
and Professional Committee representatives. 
Specific informal information sessions have been held with AHP service Managers,
AHP Team Leads, and AHP front door colleagues.  The AHP Senior Leadership
Team have met with AHP Service Managers in their pan ayrshire uni-professional
groups to ensure contribution to defining the detail of the final proposed structure.   
Early guidance and support has already been sought from Human Resources.  The
need for continued, transparent and sensitive communications around this matter is
appreciated.   The formal organisational change process will be initiated once the final
proposed structure is confirmed.   
Alistair Reid, Director of Allied Health Professions, NHS Ayrshire & Arran,
Alistair.Reid@aapct.scot.nhs.uk   
Sharon Hackney, AHP Senior Manager/ Lead Allied Health Professional,
North Ayrshire HSCP   Sharon.Hackney@aapct.scot.nhs.uk 
113

Page 114

114

Page 115

Integration Joint Board
19 June 2025
Subject: Older People’s Day Service Review
Purpose: To present to IJB the outcome of the review of the delivery of day
services for older people in North Ayrshire and to outline proposed
options to IJB to identify a service model for day services that
supports older people across North Ayrshire whilst meeting identified
savings target.
Recommendation: IJB to approve the recommendations: -
(i) note the outcome of the older people’s day service review
completed in February 2025
(ii) consider the option(s) detailed within this report for future
delivery and provide approval for the preferred option, noting the
described impact on service users and all other relevant
stakeholders.
(iii) note the requirement for a temporary pause on new day service
admissions whilst teams reconfigure service delivery and where
possible accommodate any service users affected by service
change.
(iv) consider and approve the preferred option between Option 1
and Option 2 as set out in the report.
(v) Note that the revised service model will undergo a formal
evaluation six months after reopening. This evaluation will assess
the effectiveness of service delivery, the impact on unmet need,
and identify any further areas for improvement. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership
IJB Integration Joint Board
PSMT Partnership Senior Management Team 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.1 The current model of delivery of older people’s day services has been identified within
the Health and Social Care Partnership’s transformation plan for review and has been
allocated a target to achieve a recurring annual financial saving – this was initially
identified as £200k however was increased to £307k as agreed by IJB in March 2025.
This has been implemented so far in a phased basis, with £100k saving in year one
Agenda Item 8
115

Page 116

and a further £207k saving now required in year two, over the period 2024/25 –
2025/26. The full review paper attached was completed prior to the final savings
target being determined, and as such there are some variations in detail.
1.2 Year one savings were achieved by pausing the Partnership’s day services outreach
development and by not recruiting to vacant outreach posts; as the future of the
outreach service required to be considered as part of the full review. A recurring
saving of £307k is required to be identified and achieved from year two onwards to
deliver the full savings target. There are risks to achieving this full saving from year 2
due to timescales in implementing any service change.
1.3 Budget savings within older people’s day services totalling £126k have previously
been implemented between 2019 and 2022 – these savings saw an overall reduction
in day care provision at the time. It was always the intention to undertake a further
phase of review particularly as the new service provision leaves an inequity of
provision with two building-based services in the Three Towns locality.
1.4 A comprehensive consultation on day services was completed in 2021 to facilitate the
remobilisation of day services (post covid). The most recent review of day services
(2024/25) focussed on effective engagement with staff, service users, families and
carers. In December 2024, service users were surveyed to gain an understanding of
the quality of the day service intervention. Day service aims, outcomes and criteria for
access were reviewed. Service demand, attendance figures and financial costs were
all taken into consideration at this review.
1.5 Following the outcome of the review earlier this year, three options for Day service
delivery were presented to the Partnership Strategic Management Team on 27
February 2025 for consideration. The full review document is included as Appendix 1,
a summary of the options presented at that time is detailed below: 
Closure of Thistle Day Service (HSCP operated day service)
• Thistle Day Service in Stevenston was viewed as an option for closure due
to its proximity to the Alzheimer Scotland service in Ardrossan.
• The closure of Thistle Day Service would result in the loss of 70-day service
placements per week, reducing local support in the Three Towns locality,
particularly for frail elderly residents who do not have a memory impairment.
• This option would provide an annual saving of circa £145k. 
Discontinuation of Alzheimer Scotland Daycare Contract
• This option proposed discontinuing the Alzheimer Scotland daycare contract
at its expiry date (currently extended until August 2025), the service
operates from a NAC owned property. This would generate current contract
savings of approximately £276k per year and approximately £54K in income
from service-user charges - this income is currently retained by Alzheimer
Scotland.
• This option would most likely result in the closure of the Alzheimer Scotland
service in Ardrossan and would result in the loss of 63 commissioned day
care places on a weekly basis. 
Redesign of both the Partnership and Alzheimer Scotland’s older people’s day service
delivery functions 
This option proposed a significant shift and change in the delivery of both day services
and dementia services in North Ayrshire.
116

Page 117

These changes would include:
• Alzheimer Scotland would move away from a traditional day service model
and instead focus on a model of delivery prioritising befriending services,
dementia daycare outreach at home, and provision of increased support for
carers of loved ones with dementia.
• Outreach day services previously planned for Partnership delivery would
now be provided by Alzheimer Scotland under this revised model only for
adults with a memory impairment – there would be no outreach provision for
frail older people.
• All older people's (building based) day services would be delivered by the
Partnership.
• Saving of approximately £212k would be generated by not recruiting to
Partnership vacancies identified for Outreach provision and a reduction in
Alzheimer Scotland funding from £276K to £140K per annum.
• Funding would be allocated to increase staffing levels within existing HSCP
day services to mitigate some of the impact of the loss of 63 commissioned
day care placements. 
The PSMT favoured the option to redesign the Partnership and Alzheimer Scotland’s
day service delivery functions as it was considered that whilst there would be an
overall reduction in day service provision and net reduction in weekly day care places
available, this option served to both satisfy the requirement associated with savings
and also maintain maximum service delivery within the financial resource available,
whilst retaining the service and partnership with Alzheimer Scotland. 
After discussions at PSMT in February 2025, an additional £107k savings target was
approved as part of the IJB budget in March 2025 from the Day Service budget and
as such this report will provides alternative options to deliver the savings in full.
1.6 Taking the feedback from consultation and the full day service review into
consideration, it is deemed critical that in-building day services remain available to
older people that are locality based and in their own communities.
1.7 The HSCP has commenced initial discussions with Alzheimer Scotland on a proposed
new model based on the feedback from the Partnership’s Senior Management Team
and the alignment of this with Partnership operated day services. Further meetings
are expected to take place with representatives from Alzheimer Scotland in the coming
weeks to discuss options. The current contract with Alzheimer Scotland expires at the
end of August 2025.
1.8 The IJB are asked to consider two Options presented in this paper and following the
review: 
Option 1:  Discontinuation of Alzheimer Scotland Day Care Contract in full from the
end of August. Removal of plans to introduce any outreach day care opportunities in
North Ayrshire, with some reinvestment of funding directed to enhance staffing within
building-based day care resource. Financial Impact – delivers full year saving of £340k,
above the £307k target. 
Option 2:  Redesign of both the Partnership and Alzheimer Scotland’s older people’s
day service delivery functions. Commissioned provider would transition from traditional
day service model and instead focus on a model of delivery prioritising befriending
services, dementia daycare outreach at home, and provision of increased support for
carers of loved ones with dementia. All older people's (building based) day
services would be delivered by the Partnership. Financial Impact - delivers full year
saving of £212k, a shortfall of £95k and would require the recurring savings target to
117

Page 118

be formally reduced by the IJB with savings identified from other areas, this should be
considered in the context of the wider financial challenges facing the IJB. 
IJB are asked to consider the two options presented and agree the preferred way
forward, noting the financial and service implications of both.
2. BACKGROUND
2.1 Day services in North Ayrshire provide activities and support for adults assessed as
requiring support who may feel isolated and lonely, have mobility issues and would
benefit from regular social contact with others with transport provided from the
person’s home to the day centre if appropriate. 
The aim of day services is:
• to provide a safe, flexible, therapeutic and homely environment for service
users, their families and significant others, according to their assessed care
needs; and
• to provide the highest possible quality social care and act in the best interest
of people, by maximising their independence and helping them participate fully
in their family and community. 
The Partnership’s in-house day service provision is delivered within identified day
service premises which are open 9am to 4.30pm, Monday to Friday, staffed by
specially trained professionals. These day services are delivered by social care staff
from sites in Largs, Irvine, Garnock Valley and the Three Towns. Previously, a service
was delivered in Cumbrae, but this service is no longer operational. 
Stronach Day Service on Arran, located within Montrose House Care home, has been
closed since the pandemic. A recent review led to a pilot outreach model which ran
from May 2023 to March 2024 and was conducted in two phases in two localities on
the island. The pilot served a small number of users and received positive feedback
for its social benefits and respite for carers. However, it relied on existing staff, making
it unsustainable due to the current and ongoing workforce challenges on the island. 
It is therefore recommended to fully adopt an outreach model for day services on
Arran, removing onsite day care. However, the service should only be provided when
staffing allows thus addressing recruitment and resource challenges. A phased
implementation should aim to serve up to six users by the end of 2025, noting
however this will be entirely staffing dependent. It is suggested that a short life
working group is established to develop detailed plans and oversee the phased
implementation of this.
2.2 The 4 mainland Partnership day services provide supports from Monday to Friday
and offer a total of 350 spaces each week. On average these units run at over 95%
capacity and provide services to both frail older adults as well as older adults with
dementia. 
The current capacity of the mainland in-house day service provision is detailed
below: 
Day Service Locality Capacity
per day
Total
weekly
places 
118

Page 119

Burns Irvine 22 110 
Gowanlea Kilbirnie 20 100 
Thistle Stevenston 14 70 
Stevenston Day Care and Resource
Centre
Largs 14 70 
2.3 In addition to the Partnership operated day services, there is one externally provided
day service located in North Ayrshire which is operated by Alzheimer Scotland. This
service is in the Harbour Centre, Ardrossan. This service is delivered 7 days per week
and provides services to older adults with dementia. 
Day Service Locality Capacity
per day
Capacity
per week 
The Harbour Centre Ardrossan 9 63     
2.4 The Partnership currently funds the provision of this day service alongside funding
provided by Alzheimer Scotland. The building is owned and maintained by North
Ayrshire Council. Whilst no revenue is received by North Ayrshire Council for this
property it should be recognised that Alzheimer Scotland have invested in this building
which includes the installation of a new kitchen in 2024 and garden improvements.
3. CURRENT SITUATION
3.1 The Partnership is committed to promoting independence across all areas of service
provision and seeks to ensure as many people live as independently as possible within
their own communities. In line with the aspirations of the Partnership’s Strategic Plan,
the Partnership is developing modern, flexible, financially sustainable approaches that
will support people and their carers to remain independent and enabled to lead
fulfilling lives. 
The demographic projections of the rise in older people, health outcomes for people
living in North Ayrshire, the pressure on financial resource and changing expectations,
means that services must be redesigned to meet demand and minimise unmet need
within our older population whilst operating within the resources available. Services
also need to ensure that capacity is aligned to meet the needs of the individuals who
require to access services. 
Building based day services, while beneficial for some, may not be suitable for
everyone due to barriers such as accessibility, transportation challenges, sensory
sensitivities, or social anxiety. These settings can unintentionally exclude individuals
who find structured environments overwhelming or who live in remote areas. Outreach
day services offer a more flexible and person-centred approach by bringing support
directly into the community or home. This mixed model allows for tailored engagement
that respects individual preferences, cultural backgrounds, and unique needs,
fostering greater inclusion. A mixed model of day service provision can ensure that
support is accessible and inclusive for all.
3.2 Workforce 
There are 36 posts associated with the Partnership’s inhouse older people’s day
services within North Ayrshire including transport staff who provide transport for the
majority of service users to and from the day centres. 
The current Day services staffing compliment consists of: 
• Day Care Co-ordinator
• Senior Day Care Officers
119

Page 120

• Day Care Officers
• Drivers
• Day Care Escorts
3.3 There are 9 posts associated with the delivery of the Alzheimer Scotland Day service.
The impact of the proposal on these posts is not known currently as these staff are
employed by Alzheimer Scotland.
3.4 Waiting List 
There are currently 103 people on the waiting list for the older people’s day services
as outlined below however this can change on a weekly basis: 
4 ASSESSMENT
4.1 This report, based on the findings contained within, would summarise that older
people day services within North Ayrshire are a vital service and support in achieving
the Partnership’s strategic aims of “all people who live in North Ayrshire are able to
have a safe, healthy and active life”.
4.2 By ensuring building-based day service provision continues in all localities, across all
groups for adults over the age of 65, travel time and associated barriers are
significantly reduced, enabling easier and more consistent access for frail older adults
and those living with dementia, whose needs could best be met by a building-based
day service delivery model. These services foster stronger community connections,
reduce isolation, and promote a sense of belonging and continuity for service users. 
In-house day services offer the most cost-effective model, delivering best value
through efficient use of resources and robust waiting list management. 
Location Unit Provider Weekly
Capacity
Daily
Capacity
Spaces
Allocated (May
2025) 
Ardrossan
Harbour
Centre
Alzheimer
Scotland  63  9  46 (73.0%) 
Irvine
Burns Day
Service
In-House
(NAHSCP)  110  22  104 (94.5%) 
Kilbirnie
Gowanlea
Day Service
In-House
(NAHSCP)  100  20  92 (92%) 
120

Page 121

Largs
Stevenson
Day Service
In-House
(NAHSCP)  70  14  67 (95%) 
Stevenston
Thistle Day
Service
In-House
(NAHSCP)  70  14  66 (94%) 
Partnership day service staff play a critical role not only in direct care delivery but also
in supporting wider service continuity plans, stepping in during periods of staff
shortages or emergencies to maintain consistent care across the system. This
integrated, community-based approach ensures resilience, responsiveness, and a
high standard of care for North Ayrshire’s older population.
4.3 Alzheimer Scotland are Scotland’s national dementia charity and its work both nationally
and throughout North Ayrshire is recognised and valued. Alzheimer Scotland have
provided supports and services to older people in North Ayrshire for several years and
are a key component in supporting people living with dementia in the North Ayrshire
community.
4.4 In consideration of the recent review, and views gathered through the Partnership’s
Senior Management Team, the below final recommendations are presented to the IJB
for final consideration.
4.5 Option 1 
Discontinuation of Alzheimer Scotland Day Care Contract in full - this option would see
the end of the Alzheimer Scotland daycare contract at its renewal date at the end of
August 2025 and would result in the closure of the Alzheimer Scotland day care
provision within The Harbour Centre in Ardrossan. This option would require
permanent removal of plans to introduce any outreach day care opportunities in North
Ayrshire, with some of the funding for previously allocated outreach supports in the
Partnership directed to enhance staffing within building-based day care resource. 
Pro’s
• Potential to over-achieve full year savings target from 26/27 (dependent on
additional income).
• Will ensure retention of building-based day services (provided by HSCP) in
each of the mainland locality areas to adults over 65 with both memory
impairment and physical disability.
• Streamline resources and ensure flexible, resilient in-house day service
provision.
• Opportunities to mitigate some of the risk of increased waiting lists and service
closure by enhancing capacity in Partnership day services. 
Con’s
• Negative impact on current provider, Alzheimer Scotland.
• Impact on current users of the Alzheimer Scotland service and families/carers.
• Loss of weekend provision.
• No outreach supports.
• Loss of specialist service and Alzheimer Scotland provision in North Ayrshire.
• Loss of 63 weekly day care placements.
• Increase in waiting lists and unmet need for access to day care provision. 
Mitigation
• Funding will be directed to the Partnership’s inhouse day care centres to
enhance capacity and offer building-based day care opportunities for adults
121

Page 122

affected by the Alzheimer Scotland closure – the has the potential to limit the
impact of an overall reduction in day care places for older people to around 30
places on a weekly basis.
• A review of day care support for any affected service users will be undertaken
prior to any service change -which would include consideration of reinvestment
in day services or our Dementia Support Service.
• Alzheimer Scotland currently provides day services over a 7-day period whilst
the Partnership’s day services are delivered Monday to Friday; however, uptake
for weekend services has been consistently low, with poor attendance observed
during these times. Given this trend, it is anticipated that the impact of
discontinuing building-based provision over the weekend would be minimal.
• Currently, in-house day services have a greater capacity and make more
efficient use of available spaces daily – operating at 95% capacity compared to
Alzheimer Scotland who have been operating at 73% capacity. Shifting to a
fully in-house daycare service model will offer opportunities for enhanced
flexibility in service delivery and staffing. 
Financial Implications
• This would generate current contract savings of approximately £276k per year
with potential for approximately £54k additional income from service-user
charges if existing Partnership Day services can be expanded to provide
additional day care placements - this income is currently retained by Alzheimer
Scotland.
• It is anticipated that 3 x additional part-time Day Care Officers would be
required to supplement additional attendees within NAHSCP day services.
Total cost for this provision per annum would be £87,000 and has been
accounted for in savings projection.
• Full in year savings are unlikely to be achieved for 2025/26 due to the part
year impact of the service with a shortfall of around £90k.
4.6 Option 2 
Redesign of both the Partnership and Alzheimer Scotland’s older people’s day service
delivery functions - this option proposes a significant shift and change in the delivery
of both day services and dementia services in North Ayrshire. Under these changes
Alzheimer Scotland would move away from a traditional day service model and instead
focus on a model of delivery prioritising befriending services, dementia daycare
outreach at home, and provision of increased support for carers of loved ones with
dementia. Outreach day services previously planned for Partnership delivery would be
provided by Alzheimer Scotland under this revised model only for adults with a
memory impairment – there would be no outreach provision for frail older people. All
older people's (building based) day services would be delivered by the Partnership. 
Pro’s
• Will ensure retention of building-based day services (provided by HSCP) in
each of the mainland locality areas to adults over 65 with both memory
impairment and physical disability.
• Streamline resources and ensure flexible, resilient in-house day service
provision.
• Continues specialist dementia service.
• Facilitates outreach and befriender service.
• Support for family and carers.
• Opportunities to mitigate some of the risk of increased waiting lists and service
closure by enhancing capacity in Partnership day services.
• Alzheimer Scotland would continue to retain use of the Harbour Centre as a
122

Page 123

base for which to deliver their services.
• Savings would be made by Alzheimer Scotland in terms of transport and meal
provision costs if the service were to move to an outreach model.
• There are benefits of a blended approach to day service delivery through
supporting more individuals via remote support and outreach visits which
would reduce levels of unmet need. 
Con’s
• Negative impact on current provider, Alzheimer Scotland who may not choose
to enter a contract to deliver an alternative model.
• Impact on current users of the Alzheimer Scotland service and families/carers
• Loss of weekend provision.
• Loss of 63 weekly day care placements.
• Increase in waiting lists and unmet need for access to day care provision.
• Would not achieve full savings target. 
Mitigation
• Funding will be directed to the Partnership’s inhouse day care centres to
enhance capacity and offer building-based day care opportunities for adults
affected by the change in Alzheimer Scotland service – the has the potential to
limit the impact of an overall reduction in day care places for older people to
around 30 places on a weekly basis.
• A review of day care support for any affected service users will be undertaken
prior to any service change.
• Alzheimer Scotland currently provides day services over a 7-day period whilst
the Partnership’s day services are delivered Monday to Friday; however, uptake
for weekend services has been consistently low, with poor attendance observed
during these times. Given this trend, it is anticipated that the impact of
discontinuing building-based provision over the weekend would be minimal.
• Currently, in-house day services have a greater capacity and make more efficient
use of available spaces on a daily basis – operating at 95% capacity compared
to Alzheimer Scotland who have been operating at 73% capacity. Shifting to a
fully in-house daycare service model will offer opportunities for enhanced
flexibility in service delivery and staffing.
• Savings would be made by Alzheimer Scotland in terms of transport and meal
provision costs if the service were to move to an Outreach model.
• If current provider does not choose to enter into an alternative model and
funding arrangement through a revised contract from September 2025,
alternatives will be considered including an open procurement process or
through an in-house delivery model through day services and dementia
support. 
Financial Implications
• This option would generate savings of approximately £212k per year, £95k less
than the identified saving of £307k – this saving would be generated by not
recruiting to Partnership vacancies identified for Outreach provision and a
reduction in Alzheimer Scotland funding from £276K to £140K per annum.
• It is anticipated that 3 x additional part-time Day Care Officers would be
required to supplement additional attendees within NAHSCP day services.
Total cost for this provision per annum would be £87k and has been accounted
for in savings projection.
• Full in year savings are unlikely to be achieved for 2025/26 due to the part
year impact of the service with a shortfall of around £107k.
123

Page 124

4.7 Discussions with Alzheimer Scotland have already commenced and in consultation
with the Partnership, Alzheimer Scotland have agreed to provide an outline proposal
for a potential future service delivery model within North Ayrshire in line with Option 2.
4.8 Considerations for future commissioning are ongoing and it has yet to be confirmed
whether a full tender for the future provision of any agreed commissioned service
would be required. This may have an impact on who the future provider of Option 2
is, should this be the outcome.
4.9 In order to ensure capacity within the Partnership’s day services for any service users
affected by the service change it will be required to pause any new admissions to from
end June 2025, with all non-critical referrals being added to a day services waiting list.
4.10 Anticipated Outcomes 
It is anticipated that this proposal will ensure a more financially sustainable model of
day service provision within North Ayrshire, whilst protecting the delivery of crucial day
service supports for residents of North Ayrshire and their carers. By continuing to work
in partnership with all stakeholders, the described approaches will promote the
ongoing sharing of knowledge and expertise and a more equitable approach to access
to services across North Ayrshire.
4.11 Measuring Impact 
The service will continue with an ongoing programme of stakeholder engagement –
including engagement with day service staff, service users, carers and care providers,
to gather feedback on any changes made to the day service model.
5. RECOMMENDATIONS 
This report, in consideration of current needs across Health and Community Care
Services, would recommend that the IJB: 
• note the outcome of the older people’s day service review completed in
February 2025.
• (consider the option(s) detailed within this report for future delivery and provide
approval for the preferred option, noting the described impact on service users
and all other relevant stakeholders.
• note the requirement for a temporary pause on new day service admissions
whilst teams reconfigure service delivery and where possible accommodate
any service users affected by service change.
• consider and approve the preferred option between Option 1 and Option 2 as
set out in the report.
• Note that the revised service model will undergo a formal evaluation six months
after reopening. This evaluation will assess the effectiveness of service
delivery, the impact on unmet need, and identify any further areas for
improvement.
6. IMPLICATIONS
6.1 Financial
Option 1 would deliver the full approved savings target for the day services review.
Option 2 would not meet the approved savings target of £307k and would leave a
recurring budget gap of £95k which would require to be added to the IJB overall gap
with savings identified from other services.
124

Page 125

6.2 Human Resources
There may require to be recruitment to address gaps in staffing in Partnership Day
services. 
The effect on staffing within Alzheimer Scotland day service provision is not known at
this time and would be managed as part of any exit from or change to contract.
6.3 Legal
Potential impact in relation to Alzheimer Scotland workforce.
6.4 Equality
An Equalities Impact Assessment has been completed in relation to these proposals.
6.5 Children and Young People
None.
6.6 Environmental & Sustainability
None.
6.7 Key Priorities
This report, based on the findings contained within, would summarise that older
people day services within North Ayrshire are a vital service and support in achieving
the Partnership’s strategic aims of “all people who live in North Ayrshire are able to
have a safe, healthy and active life”.
6.8 Risk Implications
The risk implications are detailed within the report.
6.9 Community Benefits
Revised model(s) of services will allow for continued opportunities to build strategic
links between the Partnership including other Community Care Services, Housing and
Connected Communities. 
7 CONSULTATION 
7.1 The options were considered and future provision discussed with stakeholders as part
of the recent review of day services for older people in North Ayrshire.
7.2 The PSMT has been consulted on the options described within this report. 
8. CONCLUSION 
8.1 IJB are asked to consider the outcome of the day services review, and considering the
two Options presented for consideration within the report advise on which Option is
preferred to allow for an effective implementation period. 
For more information, please contact Kerry Logan, Head of Service, HCC on [01294
317805] or [klogan@north-ayrshire.gov.uk]
125

Page 126

February 2025 
North Ayrshire Health and
Social Care Partnership Older
Peoples Day Service Review
AN OPTIONS APPRAISAL
126

Page 127

1
Contents
Introduction .................................................... 2
Engagement ............................................... 4
Landscape Review ........................................ 5
Service Overview .......................................... 6
Aims ............................................................ 7
Access Criteria .......................................... 8
Service User Experience.......................... 9
Feedback ................................................ 9
Transport .............................................. 14
Catering ................................................ 14
Referrals ................................................... 15
Staffing ...................................................... 15
Demand ........................................................ 16
Attendance ............................................... 16
Options Appraisal ........................................ 20
Status Quo / Do Nothing ........................ 20
Relocate Day Services to Community
Hubs .......................................................... 20
Cease Outreach Daycare Provision ..... 20
Increase Charge for Service .................. 21
Three Towns Colocation ........................ 22
Permanently Close Thistle Day Service
................................................................... 23
Discontinue Alzheimer Scotland Daycare
Provision ................................................... 24
Redesign Partnership & Alzheimer
Scotland Service-Delivery Roles ........... 26
Appendices .................................................. 28
Charter of Rights ..................................... 28
Day Service Space Requirements ........ 29
References ................................................... 32 
127

Page 128

2
Introduction
1. The current model of delivery of older people’s day service has been identified
within the HSCP transformation plan for review and has been given a target to
achieve a recurring financial saving of £200,000. This has been implemented in
a phased basis, with £100,000 saving in year one and a further £100,000 saving
in year two, over the period 2024/25 – 2025/26. Year one savings were achieved
by pausing the day services outreach development and by not filling outreach
posts; however, the future of the outreach service requires to be considered as
part of this review.  A recurring saving of £200,000 must be identified from year
two onwards.
2. This paper will consider the day services model across North Ayrshire and
describe the options appraisal exercise (see Chapter ‘Options Appraisal’) that
evaluated several options to identify a sustainable service model for introduction
in the short to medium term, one which would realise the necessary savings and
ensure the ongoing provision of valued day service supports to older people in
North Ayrshire. 
3. The recommended option as an outcome of this review is to Remove Outreach
& Change Alzheimer Scotland’s Role.   This approach would achieve the
necessary budget savings while continuing to offer a wider range of services and
supports to the families of older people across North Ayrshire and specifically for
those with dementia. Careful management on this proposal and resultant service
change would be required to mitigate the negative impacts on service users,
including familiarising them with alternative units and managing the transition
smoothly. Further engagement with stakeholders is essential to ensure a
successful implementation and to address any concerns that may arise. This
option balances the need for cost savings with the goal of maintaining service
quality and accessibility for users.  
TABLE 1: SUMMARY OF OPTION'S APPRAISAL RECOMMENDATIONS
Option Summary Recommended
Status Quo / Do
Nothing 
Continue with current model of delivery inclusive of
Daycare provision across all mainland localities and
contracted Alzheimer Scotland provision with the
full roll out of the Outreach service. This would not
generate any financial savings.
No
Relocate to
Community Hubs
Move physical location of day service provision into
the community hubs (within sheltered housing
units).  This may realise some building-based
savings however this would be minimal, and a
review has taken place confirming the physical
layout of the community hubs do not meet the
requirements for daycare provision.
No
128

Page 129

3
Option Summary Recommended
Cease Outreach
Day care
provision
Continue with current model of delivery inclusive of
Daycare provision across all mainland localities and
contracted Alzheimer Scotland provision with the
permanent removal of the planned Outreach
service.  This would not achieve the full financial
saving and loss of this service will increase demand
on other, more costly, services.  
No 
Permanently
close Thistle Day
Service  
Permanently close Thistle Day Service which
currently operates in the Three Towns locality
providing approx 70 day service places on a weekly
basis.  The cons significantly outweigh the benefits
in this option and introduce the risk of negative
publicity, increased demand on other more
expensive services, increased social isolation for
service-users and inequality in access to services
for those living in the Three Towns locality.     
SMT
Consideration
Discontinue
Alzheimer
Scotland
Daycare
provision 
Alzheimer Scotland currently provide daycare
services to adults with Dementia in the Three Towns
locality. Whilst the cons of this option significantly
outweigh the benefits, many could be managed and
mitigated. This option would achieve the necessary
savings however there would be significant impact
on overall service provision moving forward.  PSMT
have agreed to a contract extension of six months,
which will reduce Year 2 savings by approximately
£121k.  Conversely, discontinuing Alzheimer
Scotland could send the message to local people
that the HSCP do not feel it is necessary or
appropriate to employ nationally recognised
specialist Dementia care in the area.  
SMT
Consideration
Three Towns
Colocation
Co-locate Three Towns Daycare provision by
merging day services provided by the Partnership
and Alzheimer Scotland in the Thistle Day Service
building in Stevenston.  This may realise a level of
savings due to economies of scale for example
transport, meals and staffing however having
scoped this it is unlikely to be viable.  This is due to
the layout of the unit meaning it would not be
possible to operate two separate services using
common facilities simultaneously whilst employing
different policies and procedures.  
No
129

Page 130

4
Option Summary Recommended
Redesign
Partnership and
Alzheimer
Scotland delivery
roles.
This is the only option where the ‘pros’ outweigh the
‘cons’.  Moving forward, this option would achieve
the necessary savings and, if managed effectively,
limit the impact on the displaced service users who
would be introduced to alternative day services or
receive alternative services from Alzheimer
Scotland.  This option allows the Partnership to offer
a wider range of services to the families of people
with Dementia, mitigating the loss of Outreach
Support whilst offering a solution to those people
who cannot access traditional Day Services.  This
option would also allow HSCP the opportunity to
review current dementia service provision,
minimising duplication of provision and offer a wider
range of services to the residents of North Ayrshire. 
SMT
Consideration
*LIMITED INTRODUCTION OF THESE OPTIONS COULD BE USED IN THE SHORT-TERM TO ‘SHORE UP’ PREFERRED
SOLUTIONS WHICH MAY FALL SLIGHTLY SHORT OF THE YEAR 2 SAVING TARGET
4. The paper also considers known challenges to service delivery, and where action
is required to address these a ‘To Do’ icon is placed in the margin. 
5. While this is a standalone project, its outcomes will link to, and flow into,
forthcoming ‘Dementia Support and Respite Models of Care’ work.  
6. This project supports HSCP strategic delivery stated in the Strategic
Commissioning Plan, that “Our Transformation Plan sets out our key areas of
focus for redesigning and improving our services and business processes…
across all service areas with the aim of ensuring the Partnership continues to
deliver effective and cost-efficient services.”
Engagement
7. It is recommended that consideration is given to the preferred option and if
deemed suitable, further engagement is undertaken with key stakeholders in
2025:  
 Alzheimer Scotland,
 Carers Development Officer,
 Carers Service, 
 Day Services Staff,
 Dementia Support Staff,
 Mental Health Team,
 SDS Policy Review Manager,
 Service Users and their families,
 Social Work.
TO DO
130

Page 131

5
Landscape Review
8. A 2018 paper [1] found that “for older people with long-term conditions, regular
structured activities within a community setting meeting others are thought to
improve well-being and quality of life.” However, it also noted that “there is little
known about outcomes of day care provision.” The study examined the
outcomes of day care provision, focusing on three areas:
 Physical functioning: Findings from limited studies indicated a “trend for
positive impact… when activities are incorporated into a day care
programme.”
 Intergenerational provision:  a “small number of studies suggest positive
benefits.”
 Measurement of outcomes:  One study suggested that “attendance at day
care could reduce hospital attendance and admissions.”
9. Another 2018 study [2], found that “day centres are life-enriching gateways,” with
benefits felt by attenders, their family carers, and centre volunteers. The paper
notes that day centres “offer added value beyond the purposes for which they
are commissioned or funded, beyond what may be assumed to be covered by
an aim of improving quality of life or supporting people to remain at home,
beyond what attenders may have expected, given their reasons for attending.”
The study found that “day centres are not stigmatised or perceived as outdated.”
10. A 2020 [3] study states that day centres “were found to play a variety of roles for
individuals and in care systems,” with most evidence pointing to “social and
preventive outcomes.” The study found that “attendance and participation in
interventions…impacted positively on older people's mental health, social
contacts, physical function, and quality of life.” However, the report also noted
that the research was based on evidence sourced outside the UK, and that the
impact of day centres on “older people without dementia” is under-researched.
11. Given the limited evidence to support day services through research, it is
imperative that consideration is given to service-user feedback for HSCP-
provided day services (see page 9).
131

Page 132

6
Service Overview
FIGURE 1: MAP OF NORTH AYRSHIRE WITH DAY SERVICE UNITS INDICATED 
12. North Ayrshire Health & Social Care Day Services are currently provided at five
locations across the area (Figure 1). The daily charge for service-users is £16.49,
it is anticipated charge will rise to £19.79 from April 2025 with further increases
anticipated throughout 2026/27.
13. Previously, a service was delivered in Cumbrae, but it has been confirmed that
this is no longer operational.
14. The day service on Arran has been closed since the pandemic. A review led to
a pilot outreach model from May 2023 to March 2024, conducted in two phases:
Blackwaterfoot and Stronach Day Service in Montrose House, Brodick. The pilot
served a small number of users and received positive feedback for its social
benefits and respite for carers. However, it relied on existing staff, making it
unsustainable.
Burns Day
Services,
Irvine
Stevenson
Day Services,
Largs Gowanlea Day
Services,
Kilbirnie
Thistle Day
Services,
Stevenston
Harbour Centre
(Alzheimer’s.
Scotland),
Ardrossan
132

Page 133

7
15. It is therefore recommended to adopt a fully outreach model for day services on
Arran, eliminating onsite day care. However, service should only be provided
when staffing allows thus addressing recruitment and resource challenges. A
phased implementation should aim to serve six users by the end of 2025. It is
suggested that a short-lived working group is established to develop detailed
plans and oversee the phased implementation.
FIGURE 2: PROFILE OF MAINLAND SERVICES (SOURCE: HSCP DAY SERVICES TEAM)
Location Ardrossan Irvine Kilbirnie Largs Stevenston
Unit Harbour
Centre
Burns
Day
Service
Gowanlea
Day
Service
Stevenson
Day
Service
Thistle Day
Service
Provider Alzheimer
Scotland
In-House
(NAC)
In-House
(NAC)
In-House
(NAC)
In-House
(NAC)
Hours 09:00 –
16:30
09:00 –
16:30
09:00 –
16:30
09:00 –
16:30
09:00 –
16:30
Days
7 day (less
2 weeks at
Christmas)
Mon-Fri
(less 8
public
hols per
annum)
Mon-Fri
(less 8
public
hols per
annum)
Mon-Fri
(less 8
public hols
per
annum)
Mon-Fri
(less 8
public hols
per annum)
No of Staff (FTE)* n/a 8 7 5.5 5.5
Capacity (weekly) 63 110 100 70 70
Capacity (daily)** 9 22 20 14 14
Current Waiting List
(and those waiting on
2nd day) on 26 Feb
2025
6
(1)
54
(36)
15
(14)
9
(5)
14
(6)
Total Places Allocated
(February 2025)
50
(80%
capacity)
110
(100%
capacity)
100
(100%
capacity)
70
(100%
capacity)
70
(100%
capacity)
Income Generated
(current rate £16.49
per day) 
n/a £94,322 £85,748 £60,024 £60,024
Income Generated
(new rate £19.79) n/a £113,198 £102,908 £72,036 £72,036
Expenditure  £242,153 £338,640 £265,841 £208,207 £286,582
*ALL UNITS ALSO HAVE AN ADDITIONAL 2 BUS DRIVERS ALLOCATED TO THEM
** CAPACITY FOR BURNS & GOWANLEA IS UNDER REVIEW BUT IS LIMITED BY THE TRANSPORT AVAILABLE FOR
SERVICE USERS WHO REQUIRED TO BE COLLECTED AND DROPPED OFF.  STEVENSTON RESOURCE CENTRE,
LARGS IS ALSO CURRENTLY UNDER REVIEW DUE TO STAFFING LEVELS AND BUILDING SPACE. THISTLE DAY
SERVICES, STEVENSON IS CURRENTLY AT FULL CAPACITY.  
BUDGET CODES FOR DAY CARE INCOME ARE 10 218043/044/045 & 046 ACCOUNT CODE 60145. INCOME RECEIVED
TO THESE CODES IN FY 2324 WAS £118,421 BUT ALSO INCLUDES COSTS FOR NON-PC - ANALYSIS AVAILABLE VIA
BUSINESS UNIT [4]
Aims 
16. The aim of the Day Service is described in both the most current Policies and
Procedures [5] and in the leaflets issued to service-users about the service.  The
leaflets offer the most current definition.    
TO DO
133

Page 134

8
TABLE 2: DEFINED AIMS OF DAY SERVICE & SOURCE OF INFORMATION
Day Service Policy &
Procedure
Service-User Information Leaflet
Maintain older people at
home in their local
community by
promoting/maintaining
their independence
through therapeutic
interventions which meet
their physical, social, and
psychological needs.
Service provision should
be of a high standard,
flexible in its approach with
an emphasis on value for
money and delivered in a
safe environment.
Provides day services for adults aged 65 and over, offering a
homely and therapeutic environment. We aim to support
people to remain in their own homes and to be part of their
wider community. Our objectives are: 
 To assist people to remain in their own home 
 To promote social stimulation and prevent
isolation. 
 To provide a source for social care and health 
 To promote the maintenance of daily living skills 
 To contribute to rehabilitation 
 To provide specialist care for people with
cognitive impairment 
 To provide support and information to carers 
17. Service delivery is centred on an established ‘charter of rights’ [5] for service-
users. These rights are predicated on the belief that each person is an individual
and that society should respect that individual and his or her fundamental rights
as a citizen (see Appendices, page 28).
18. It should be noted that the Policy & Procedures governing Day Services should
be refreshed, as the most current version dates to 2005.  There is a need to
ensure they continue to comply with current legislation, guidance, and corporate
policies.
Access Criteria
19. Clients referred to day services will be accepted if they [5]::
 Are aged 65 years or over at the time of referral. However, younger
clients may be considered if their needs can be met through day services
activities on a short-term basis. 
 Require reintegration into the community (eg. post-hospital discharge)
 Are in bereavement.
 Are recovering from a debilitating illness.
 Require rehabilitation in activities of daily living.
 Are socially isolated from their peer group.
 Are physically disabled, sensory impaired, or have poor mobility.
 Need promotion of mental health status (e.g., depression, low self-
esteem)
 Are suffering from mild to moderate dementia.
 Have mild to moderate learning disabilities and suffer from one or more
of the above conditions.
TO DO
134

Page 135

9
Service User Experience
20. In December 2024, service users in each unit were surveyed to gain an
understanding of the quality of the Day Service intervention.  Service users were
asked a series of questions by staff from their own unit and required to give those
staff members their response in order that an e-form could be completed.  
21. This approach could introduce some anomalies if service users were reluctant
to criticise staff or the service they provide directly. This is potentially apparent
in the analysis of the responses received, where only very occasional negative
comments have been provided. However, care must also be taken not to assume
that this is the case; it may well be that service users are wholly happy with the
day service being offered.
22. It must also be noted that staff’s interpretation of people’s answers could also
skew results. For example, service users were asked if they would be willing to
transfer to a day service in another location. Most respondents answered yes or
no, or gave a reason for their answer (e.g., lack of transport, wanting to stay in
the town, etc.). However, 27 out of the 36 respondents at Gowanlea Day Service
all referenced Gowanlea in their answers (e.g., "I’m happy at Gowanlea," "Not at
the expense of Gowanlea," "I don't see the point in travelling a distance when I
can get the best care here at Gowanlea"). There was a uniformity to these
answers as well, with many people answering this question using the same
phrases.  The Gowanlea responses to some ‘free text’ questions are so different
from those of other units that they stand out.
Feedback
23. The feedback from the service-user survey carried out in December 2024 noted
that when asked to rate the service, over 99% of all service users rated it as a
four- or five-star service (Figure 3). 
135

Page 136

10
FIGURE 3: SERVICE USER RATINGS FOR DAY SERVICES FROM 1 START TO 5 STARS (BEST) (SOURCE: DAY SERVICE
SURVEY, DECEMBER 2024) 
24. When asked to rate the service, the response from service-users was almost
universally positive with only 1 person noting they disagreed with a single
statement (Figure 3).
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
Burns
Gowanlea
Stevenston
Thistle
All
5* 4* 3* 2* 1*
136

Page 137

11
FIGURE 4: SERVICE USER FEEDBACK ON A SERIES OF QUALITY QUESTIONS WHERE RESPONSES WERE MEASURES
ON A 5-POINT SCALE FROM STRONGLY AGREE TO STRONGLY DISAGREE (SOURCE: DAY SERVICE SURVEY, DEC
2024) 
25. When asked if they agreed with a series of questions with a YES/NO/Maybe
answer, service users again responded in an overwhelmingly positive manner
(166 respondents).
FIGURE 5: SERVICE USER FEEDBACK ON A SERIES OF QUALITY QUESTIONS WHERE RESPONSES WERE MEASURED
AGAINST YES/NO ANSWERS (SOURCE: DAY SERVICE SURVEY, DEC 2024) 
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90%100%
I am encouraged to move around whilst at the
Day Service
I am treated fairly
I am treated kindly
I am treated with respect
I feel the staff protect me by wearing their PPE
when suitable
I make my own choices with my diet and fluid
If I am unwell, staff can recognise this and help
me get the right help
The staff are aware of the PPE they require to
wear
Strongly Agree Agree Disagree
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90%100%
Do you feel the staff support you to meet your
goals and outcomes whilst attending the service?
Is your care provided by staff who understand
and are sensitive to your needs and wishes
When attending the day service do you feel safe
and secure in these surroundings?
Yes Maybe No
137

Page 138

12
26. Most service users (88%) indicated they did not wish to move to another locality
for Day Service provision, with 1 in 10 willing to attend an alternative location.
The remaining respondents gave vague answers, making it unclear if they would
relocate or not (Figure 6).  However, it's important to interpret these figures
carefully - many responses seemed to show loyalty to the unit they were
attending.  It could be that since respondents had to give their answers directly
to staff in their units, they might have been reluctant to offend or hurt the feelings
of people who provided care to them on a weekly basis.  Furthermore, in the
days following this survey, the service received several phone calls from service
users who were clearly worried that their local service might close.
FIGURE 6: RESPONSES TO THE QUESTION "WOULD YOU BE INTERESTED IN ATTENDING ANOTHER DAY SERVICE
OUTWITH YOUR LOCAL AREA?" (SOURCE: DAY SERVICE SURVEY, DEC 2024) 
27. Most respondents (90%) relied on supplied transport, though this varies slightly
across each location.
No
Unclear
Yes
138

Page 139

13
FIGURE 7: RESPONSES TO THE QUESTION "DO YOU USE THE DAY SERVICE TRANSPORT?" (SOURCE: DAY SERVICE
SURVEY DEC 2024) 
28. When asked if there was anything they would like to change or improve about
the service, again service-users responded overwhelmingly in the positive, with
only a few suggestions for improvements.
Enhance Meal Variety
29. Several respondents indicated a need for more variety in meals provide, though
none felt there was an issue with food quality.
 Burns Day Service: 5 respondents.  
 Gowanlea Day Service: 3 respondents  
 Stevenson Day Care & Resource Centre: 2 respondents  
 Thistle Day Service: 4 respondents  
30. It is recommended that more varied meal options are introduced to cater to
different dietary preferences. This recommendation applies to all units, with
Burns Day Service and Thistle Day Service having the highest number of
comments.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Burns DS Gowanlea DS Stevenson DS Thistle DS All
No Yes
TO DO
139

Page 140

14
Diversify Activities
31. A small number of respondents commented about the activities.  This isn’t a
significant issue for any unit, but it is recommended that an ongoing programme
of new activities are introduced to keep the day service engaging and stimulating
for attendees.  
32. During a self-evaluation away day on 30 April 2024, Senior Day Care Officers
reviewed the main challenges faced by each unit. While they noted that the
programmes of activities were good and the service model was adaptable to the
needs of service users, they also identified several areas of concern including
concerns about the poor quality of referrals being received and staffing
challenges.
Transport
33. Within the current model, each HSCP Day Service unit has two allocated bus
drivers and two buses. However, any issues which arise with buses, and
vacancies, directly impact the transport capacity within each unit. There is also
a general lack of commercial buses available for hire, meaning if the corporate
buses allocated to the Day Service units are being repaired, there is no scope
for alternative transport. Additionally, the allocated buses have a large step into
the bus, which service users can find difficult to manage.  There is also limited
space available, for example, the most recently procured electric bus can only
accommodate two people if two wheelchairs are also required. The seats on the
bus are covered in fabric, which introduces potential continence issues.
34. To scope options to address these issues, the team approached another Local
Authority to ascertain if there was any good practice that could be adopted.  A
review of Day Care transport will be required going forward.
Catering
35. Providing a nutritious meal to service users during their time in day service is
essential for meeting their overall nutritional needs. A review of the catering
within each unit was conducted, focusing on the 3-week rotating meal plan
provided by HSCP Facilities Management.
36. The review found that, during a single 3-week cycle, the majority of meals were
good. Thistle Day Service in Stevenston reported no issues with the food.
However, the remaining units experienced several problems and there is
ongoing engagement with relevant teams to improve catering provision. 
TO DO
TO DO
140

Page 141

15
Referrals
37. During the April 2024 away-day Senior Day Care Officers also identified poor
quality of referrals.  A review of the forms during the Eclipse process has
addressed this issue.  
Staffing
38. A number of staffing issues were identified; however, the management team
have worked to address these and are monitoring the situation.  
TO DO
141

Page 142

16
Demand
Attendance
39. Attendance figures (Jan 24 to Feb 25) indicate that in the main, the number of
day care places being offered at each unit is fairly stable, after an increase in
number during the first quarter of 2024 (Figure 8).
FIGURE 8: NUMBER OF DAY CARE PLACES OFFERED JAN 2024 TO FEB 2025 (SOURCE: STATS DAY CARE 29/05/2023
DOCUMENT, EXTRACTED 19 FEB 2025) 
40. Staff who manage the Day Services have indicated that referrals into the service
are becoming increasingly complex, putting pressure on service delivery.  The
risk status of current service users shows that most have been assessed as at
least a ‘substantial’ risk. It is important to note that at time of referral assessment
of risk may be low however this often increases as service users’ conditions
deteriorate.  
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
01-Jan
08-Jan
15-Jan
29-Jan
12-Feb
26-Feb
11-Mar
25-Mar
08-Apr
22-Apr
06-May
20-May
03-Jun
17-Jun
01-Jul
15-Jul
29-Jul
05-Aug
19-Aug
02-Sep
16-Sep
30-Sep
14-Oct
28-Oct
11-Nov
25-Nov
09-Dec
23-Dec
06-Jan
20-Jan
03-Feb
2024 2025
Alz Scotland Burns DS Gowanlea Stevenson Thistle
142

Page 143

17
FIGURE 9: CURRENT SERVICE-USERS BY ASSESSED RISK ON 19 FEBRUARY 2025 (SOURCE: DAY SERVICES LIST,
SHAREPOINT) 
41. A high proportion of those attending day-services experience symptoms of
dementia. In 2024, almost 2 in 3 referred to day services experience symptoms
of dementia (Figure 11)
42. Figure 10).  Though, this figure varies by unit with all of those attending Alzheimer
Scotland’s Day Service experiencing symptoms of dementia, compared to
around half of the service users attending Burns Day Service and a third of those
attending Thistle Day Service (Figure 11)
Alz Scot Burns Gowanlea Stevenson Thistle Total#
(blank) 4 57 11 7 11 90
Low 1 1 10 7 2 21
Moderate 3 5 15 28 10 61
Substantial 71 230 132 135 129 697
Critical 14 26 9 4 26 79
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
143

Page 144

18
FIGURE 10: SERVICE-USERS WHO EXPERIENCE SYMPTOMS OF DEMENTIA BY REFERRAL DATE (SOURCE: DAY
SERVICES LIST, SHAREPOINT, EXTRACTED 19 FEB 2025) 
FIGURE 11 CURRENT  SERVICE-USERS WHO EXPERIENCE SYMPTOMS OF DEMENTIA BY UNIT (SOURCE: DAY
SERVICES LIST, SHAREPOINT, EXTRACTED 19 FEB 2025) 
43. On 19 February 2025, there were 101 people on the waiting list for a place in
one of the day services units, and a further 53 people are waiting on a second
day of day services (Figure 12). Demand is highest for Burns Day Services.
2023 2024 2025
(blank) 24 12
Yes 238 188 12
No 109 135 12
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
No Yes (blank)
Alz Scot Burns Gowanlea Stevenson Thistle
Yes 29 48 38 36 41
No 44 32 22 19
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
144

Page 145

19
FIGURE 12: NUMBER OF PEOPLE CURRENTLY WAITING FOR DAY SERVICES ON 19 FEB 2025 (SOURCE: DAY
SERVICES LIST, SHAREPOINT) 
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Alz Scot Burns Gowanlea Stevenson Thistle
145

Page 146

20
Options Appraisal
All options were firstly considered against the primary
goal of this project, to achieve the necessary savings. Any
which did not meet this objective were deemed unviable
and not explored further.
Status Quo / Do Nothing
44. The ‘status quo’ option is included as a baseline comparison for other options;
to help understand the relative benefits and risks associated with a proposed
change against the current level of service provision.  
45. NOT RECOMMENDED: Doing nothing is not a viable approach as it will not
achieve the necessary savings. 
Relocate Day Services to Community Hubs 
46. A number of sheltered housing units have community hub spaces included.  In
the past, work has been undertaken to ascertain if relocating day services to
these locations would be viable.  However, there are a significant number of
requirements set out by the Care Inspectorate, which must be met, before such
a move could be made. It has been confirmed that the likelihood of achieving the
required criteria has been discussed with PMI colleagues in the past, and it was
established that none of the hubs met the required specification [6]. 
47. NOT RECOMMENDED: Relocation to community hubs is not a viable option
and has not been considered in any further detail.
Cease Outreach Daycare Provision
48. This option considers placing a permanent pause on recruitment – effectively
opting not to establish an outreach service.  In 2024/25, the Outreach budget
was £165k [4]. Therefore, opting not to introduce an Outreach Service would
realise most, but not all, of the necessary savings from year 2 onwards, therefore,
it this option were chosen, another option would also need to be partly adopted.
Pros Cons
Contribute towards the £200k
saving requirement
Would not achieve 100% of the required saving
requirement. 
A number of people who would meet outreach
criteria would have no service to access, and
therefore demand pressure on other, more costly, 
services would increase.
146

Page 147

21 
The work already done to develop the Outreach
service for implementation would be abortive. 
People who are unable to attend mainstream Day
Service would be negatively impacted, losing out
on this potential care and support offer.
49. NOT RECOMMENDED: On its own, permanently pausing outreach is not
recommended as it will not achieve all the necessary savings whilst also
increasing demand on other more costly services and negatively impacting
those who cannot attend mainstream day service, introducing an equality
concern.  
Increase Charge for Service
50. At the moment service users currently pay £16.49 for day services, amounting
to £300,118 per annum assuming 100% occupancy.  The income generated by
this recharge is not paid into the day service budget, instead being logged to the
Charges to Users Community Care Service Delivery budget lines.   
51. To achieve the necessary savings using this options alone, the charge would
increase from £16.49 to £27.80 per session, This figure assumes 100%
occupancy and charging may need to be varied to reflect a reduction in
occupancy and account for anyone who is exempt from charging.  It must be
noted that an increase to charges is also being proposed as a separate 2025/26
proposal.  
Pros Cons
Contribute towards the £200k saving
requirement via income generation
To achieve the necessary saving, the cost of
a session would have to increase by at least
c.70% - more when reduced occupancy and
exemptions are factored in. 
It would introduce a potential equalities
issue by presenting a barrier to those who
cannot afford to attend   
The risk of negative publicity when
increasing charges to vulnerable people
during a cost of living crisis. 
If higher recharges resulted in lower
attendance at Day Service, this would mean
increased reliance amongst service-users
for Care at Home and other interventions. 
Many service-users have multiple services
involved in their care and support.  They will
already be impacted by planned increased
via the charging policy.
52. NOT RECOMMENDED: Increasing the charge to c.£28 per session is likely
to introduce a barrier to those on low incomes, and in turn would increase
crisis situations, carer exhaustion and demand on other more costly
services.  [7]
147

Page 148

22
Three Towns Colocation
53. This option considers co-locating Thistle Day Services and Alzheimer Scotland
in the same location – the Thistle Day Services unit. The unit could accommodate
such a move.
54. It should be noted, however, that if Alzheimer Scotland is expected to provide
the same service, with any contract savings arising from their lack of
accommodation costs – this is unlikely to be achieved.  This is because NAC own
the Alzheimer Scotland building and covers the repair expenses. The rent is
believed to be minimal, if not entirely waived [7]. If Alzheimer Scotland vacate the
building, it will revert back to NAC.
55. Alzheimer Scotland have a staffing compliment as noted, they also have a few
seasonal bank staff [7]: 
 1 x Practice Team Leader 
 2 Day Care Organisers (21hrs) 
 3 Day Care Support Workers (28hrs) 
 1 Day Care Support Worker (21hrs) 
Pros Cons
Potential saving to contract but unknown
how much benefit would be achieved.
Unlikely to achieve the necessary level of
savings required
Service users would still have access to
services in the same vicinity as
previously.
It is unlikely to be viable due to the layout of
the unit that two separate services could be
co-located and continue to operate
independently.  There is only one dining
room, lounge etc, meaning both services
would be seeking to use these at the same
time.  Furthermore, Alzheimer Scotland
have their own policy and procedures and
employment conditions that would differ
from those used by HSCP.   
No job losses  Alzheimer Scotland may not want to
relocate 
Alzheimer Scotland employ different policies
and procedures to HSCP and this may
hinder service delivery 
The change of environment for service-
users with a memory impairment could have
a negative impact on their well-being. 
A number of people who would meet
outreach criteria would have no service to
access, and therefore demand pressure on
other, more costly,  services would increase
(most significantly Day Services ) 
The work already done to develop the
Outreach service for implementation would
be abortive. 
People who are unable to attend
mainstream Day Service would be
148

Page 149

23
negatively impacted, losing out on this
potential care and support offer.
56. NOT RECOMMENDED: This option is unlikely to be viable.  The layout of the
unit means it would not be possible to run two separate services in this
location, both functioning at the same time (ie. both sharing the same
lounge, dining room etc), using different policies and procedures.
Permanently Close Thistle Day Service
57. This option would see the current service, located in Stevenston, close.  The
rationale being the proximity of Alzheimer Scotland who are also based in the
Three Towns locality (Ardrossan).  NB: Alzheimer Scotland only service people
with memory impairment and only have 9 spaces per day available. They could
not compensate for the resulting shortfall of spaces in the Three Towns, with
further detriment incurred by people living in the Three Towns who do not have
a memory impairment as there would be no delivery of this provision within the
Three Towns locality.
58. Whilst Thistle Day service has capacity for 24 spaces per day (120 spaces per
week) these spaces are currently not filled due to current staffing levels
implemented following previous budget savings. Instead, it would result in a loss
of 70 day service sessions a week. 
59. There is currently a £235K budget allocated for Thistle Day Service, however,
the loss of income secured via recharging (at 100% occupancy) would reduce
the saving by £60k based on 2024/25 charging rates.  Therefore, at 100%
occupancy, closing Thistle Day Service would achieve a saving of around £175k.  
Pros Cons
Contribute towards the £200k saving
requirement
Closing Thistle Day Service would not
achieve 100% of the savings requirement
and other options would also need to be
partly adopted.   
There would be no place for frail elderly
service users in the Three Towns
introducing an equality issue (based on
postcode). 
Job losses for staff could be politically
sensitive and result in negative publicity 
Negative publicity resulting from the closure
of a second day service in the Three Towns.
(previously closed Castleview). 
The current case load of service-users
attending day services includes people who
have attended for many years and realise
significant benefit.  The impact of removing
the service from them is likely to also be
significant (eg social interactions, nutrition,
monitoring of situation etc).  
149

Page 150

24 
Service-users in the Three Towns are
unlikely to want to travel to a unit in another
locality. 
Loss of this service would increase crisis
situations, carer exhaustion and possibility of
more demand on more costly services.  
60. FOR SMT CONSIDERATION: The cons significantly outweigh the benefits in
this option and introduce risk of negative publicity, increased demand on
other more expensive services, increased social isolation for service-users
and inequality in access services for those living in the Three Towns.
Discontinue Alzheimer Scotland Daycare Provision
61. This option looks at discontinuing the Alzheimer Scotland daycare provision
contract at the point of renewal and transferring those service users into
alternative HSCP’s Day Service units.  Service users moving from Alzheimer
Scotland would pay their Day Service charge to HSCP, resulting in an additional
c.£54k via income from recharges .
62. Alzheimer Scotland provide services to people with a memory impairment. Our
contract with the organisation provides 9 spaces each day of the week (63
spaces overall).  The intention is that the contract ensures service provision for
individuals across North Ayrshire, however restrictions in this regard are
imposed by the organisation.  
63. The current contract with Alzheimer Scotland runs to end 28 February 2025 with
an annual value for 2024/25 of £241,471. There is a further 6-month extension
option that would extend the contract to 31 August 2025; the value of which
would require to be confirmed through the fee uplift process in 2025, but for
planning purposes can be assumed to be around 50% of the 2024/25 cost (ie.
C.£121k). PSMT have agreed to this contract extension.
64. It should also be noted that Alzheimer Scotland often decline to accept people
who live within North Ayrshire, but beyond the area they deem viable in terms of
transport (most recently in January 2025 a service user living in Springside).  
65. There would be an impact on all Day Service units, as Alzheimer Scotland has a
client group from across North Ayrshire, and these individuals would be eligible
for continued service delivery in one of the HSCP units.  Thistle Day Service is
currently under capacity due to staffing, if they absorbed the displaced service-
users, there would be a cost to HSCP that should be factored in. The cost of one
Day Care Officer is £31,514, based on 2024/25 costs [4].   Additional transport
costs should also be considered to support this option.
Pros Cons
Would fully achieve the £200k saving
requirement from year 3
If this contract ceases, consideration must
be given to increasing Thistle Day Services
150

Page 151

25
capacity to mitigate the shortfall in care
provision that would result.  This would
mean additional staffing allocated to Thistle
Day Services, increasing the cost of that
service. 
There is capacity in Thistle Day Services
to absorb the service gap that would
result.
The change of environment for service-
users with a memory impairment could have
a negative impact on their well-being.
More income would be generated for
HSCP from the recharge to service-users
who would transfer into the HSCP Day
Service  (c.£54k per annum at current
rates and 100% occupancy)
There is a risk of negative social media  fall
out  (reputational, political etc). 
Loss of a nationally recognised specialist
service operating in North Ayrshire – for
people with dementia 
Potential for job losses (could this be
mitigated by offering employment in HSCP
Day Services) 
The loss of weekend provision 
There is no guarantee that the displaced
service-users would be able to secure an
alternative place in their own locality
(current lack of capacity)  so additional
transport costs may be incurred 
Service users, who currently enjoy
Alzheimer Scotland service during a
Saturday or Sunday would be required to
change their attendance day to between
Mon-Friday 
Does not achieve all necessary savings in
year 2 due to the contract extension
66. FOR SMT CONSIDERATION: Moving forward, this option would achieve the
necessary savings with minimal impact on overall service provision. Whilst
the cons significantly outweigh the benefits of this option, many could be
managed by increasing HSCP spaces to offset the loss of Alzheimer
Scotland and seeking to employ staff faced with redundancy in HSCP
services. The team could also consider ways of familiarising displaced
service users with the HSCP unit they would move to. Nonetheless,
adopting this option could send a message to the people of North Ayrshire,
that employing the services of a nationally recognised Dementia provider
is not necessary.  Regardless, as PSMT have agreed to a contract extension
of six months, it is further recommended that should this option be
considered most suitable, that in Year 2 it is supplemented by another cost-
saving measure.[7]
151

Page 152

26
Redesign Partnership & Alzheimer Scotland Service-
Delivery Roles
67. A final option could be to review and change the specification of services being
delivered by Alzheimer Scotland in North Ayrshire. The Partnership would no
longer procure external Day Services or introduce an Outreach service. 
Instead all Older People Day Care services will be provided by in-house
services with the remit of Alzheimer Scotland changing to a model which would
include Befriending, Dementia Daycare Outreach at Home services and
increased provision of services to support carers of loved ones living with
dementia.  This service specification change would enable a reduction in
current spend to Alzheimer Scotland, as the service will see reduced
expenditure in building costs, transport, and meal provision.  This budget
saving would be used to increase staffing levels within NAHSCP day services
ensuring capacity for transferring Alzheimer Scotland service users and further
potential increase in capacity from waiting lists.
68. The loss of Outreach would achieve over £100k per annum in savings, and
when it is time to renew the Alzheimer Scotland contract, HSCP would offer a
fixed price contract (set at a level within budget parameters) to seek a provider
that could offer a more mobile service to both service users and their
families/carers – effectively widening the scope of support that is available in
the area to everyone affected by Dementia, and offsetting the impact of losing
Outreach Support. 
69. However, if this is deemed a viable and desirable option, a move should be
taken immediately to ensure the accommodation of displaced service users
resulting from changing the Alzheimer Scotland model.  Work would also have
to commence to familiarise those service users who would be displaced with
the alternative units in their locality (ie. the HSCP run unit).  This would also
require a more significant adjustment for the service users who currently
access Alzheimer Scotland at the weekend, as not only would the location but
also the day of the week change for them.
Pros Cons
Would ensure the necessary budget
savings are achieved.
Alzheimer Scotland may not want to bid for
a detailed and specific model of service
delivery or deem it undeliverable within the
budget parameters set.
Service users would still have access to
specialist service and day services
There would be a loss of service delivery for
up to 63 service users per week – who
already enjoy day services with Alzheimer
Scotland, including the loss of weekend
provision.  (It should be noted that a number
of these service users already also attend an
in-house Day service.
152

Page 153

27
No job losses  The change of environment for service-
users with a memory impairment could have
a negative impact on their well-being.
HSCP would avoid negative publicity
around budget cuts 
The waiting list for  HSCP run Day Services
would continue to increase  until 63 new
spaces were available within the existing
HSCP run units.  This will be minimised by
the increase in staffing within specific units.
More support for those close to people
with Dementia (eg. family, carers) in the
area. 
A new service model which would include
Befriending and Dementia Outreach Day
services delivered via Alzheimer Scotland
could offset the impact of losing a
Partnership Outreach Service whilst also
ensuring the specialist knowledge and
skills held by Alzheimer Scotland are
being optimally used. 
70. FOR SMT CONSIDERATION: This is the only options where the ‘pros’
outweigh the ‘cons’.  Moving forward, this option would achieve the
necessary savings and, if managed effectively limit the impact on the
displaced service users.  It also allows the HSCP to offer a wider service to
the families of people with Dementia, mitigating the loss of Outreach
Support.  It would offer a solution to those people who cannot access Day
Services and who would have otherwise been suitable for Outreach. 
153

Page 154

28
Appendices
Charter of Rights 
SOURCE: NORTH AYRSHIRE COUNCIL: SOCIAL SERVICES POLICIES AND PROCEDURES, DAY SERVICES, JUNE 2005.
 The right to be treated with dignity at all times and to be treated as an individual,
whatever disabilities and frailties one may have.
 The right to pursue independence, responsibilities, and choice where they do
not infringe the rights of others.
 The right to privacy in relation to one’s own space, one’s own belongings, one’s
own financial and personal affairs.
 The right to have one’s cultural and religious needs accepted and respected. 
 The right to have one’s physical, sexual, and emotional needs accepted and
respected.
 The right to care for oneself as far as possible and have appropriate assistance
if required.
 The right to be informed of new procedures and have these made explicit, the
right to comment and have one’s expressed opinions heard and listened to.
 The right to mix with other people in the community, either by going out or by
inviting others into the residential home.
 The right to have assistance where necessary and practicable to access facilities
available within the wider community, medical, social, educational, leisure and
other services.
 The right to establish a service user’s group and freely nominate a representative
to serve on such a group.
 The right to have free and clear access to the complaint’s procedure.
 The right to confidentiality in relation to medical and personal information, access
to information on file and to know on what basis information is shared with others.
 The right to have a personal advocate (representative) to safeguard one’s
interests if required.
 The right to take appropriate risks in relation to the exercising of one’s rights. 
154

Page 155

29
Day Service Space Requirements
SOURCE: KERRY RENNIE, TEAM MANAGER OLDER PEOPLE SERVICES/CARE AT HOME)
Q1. The building and grounds are designed to comply with all relevant legislation and guidance
documents. Certificates and commissioning documents with regard to engineering services and
plant, approval letters and letters certifying completion of works and arrangements from other
agencies and authorities confirm this. 
Q2. There are suitable car parking arrangements for service users, visitors, and staff. 
Q3. There is clear access to and egress from the setting for emergency and other vehicles, and
there are suitably sized turning spaces for service vehicles using the site. 
Q4. There are areas for service users to get on and off transport safely that are illuminated and
offer some protection against the elements. 
Q5. Where the day care setting’s programme includes outdoor therapeutic and leisure
opportunities, the space is accessible to all service users. In settings registered to provide services
to people with dementia, there is a secure perimeter. 
Q6. Front entrance doors are semi-automatic as a minimum and in facilities where people need
assistance with walking or use wheelchairs, consideration should be given to having doors in
activity areas fitted with hold open devices or that are free to swing and linked to the fire alarm. 
Q7. The doorways in activity areas used by service users have a clear opening width of at least
800mm, but in settings where service users need assistance when walking or use wheelchairs,
wider doorways are recommended. Corridor doors have vision panels and in day care settings
where service users need assistance when walking or using wheelchairs, there are level access
thresholds at all doors. 
Q8. The minimum corridor width is 1.2m unobstructed between handrails, but in day care settings
where service users need assistance when walking or use wheelchairs a minimum width of
between 1.5m and 1.8m is recommended. 
Q9. All activity areas are accessible to service users through the provision, where necessary, of
ramps, lifts (large enough to accommodate a stretcher), other facilities and signage. 
Q10. According to the service user groups offered services in the day care setting, there are
suitably positioned hand and grab rails, hoists, communication aids and other equipment,
including assistive technology, which meet the general needs of the service user group and
promote independence in all the areas accessed or used by service users. 
Q11. According to the service user groups offered services in the setting, service user/staff call
points, accessible to service users are provided in areas where service users are likely to be alone,
toilets and washrooms. These are linked to a system that alerts staff a call is being made or
assistance is required. 
Q12. There is both natural and good quality artificial lighting in all areas suitable for the needs of
service users and any activities organised in each room. The artificial lighting in areas used by
service users is sufficiently bright and positioned to facilitate activities. The recommended lighting
level in toilets is between 100 – 200 lux. 
Q13. All activity areas used by service users are naturally ventilated, have opening windows with
safety glazing and guarding where necessary. Window openings are controlled to a safe point of
opening of no more than 100mm and cannot be overridden by 
service users. Frosted or obscured glass is fitted as required to ensure privacy.  
Q14. The heating system can be controlled within safe limits for the service users’ comfort in
areas accessed and used by them and is able to provide a range of temperatures throughout the
setting. 
Q15. Furniture and fittings are suitably designed for the activities that take place in the room and
incorporate ergonomic design principles that promote user independence and safe handling.
155

Page 156

30
They, and any equipment or mobility aids, are positioned to take into account the mobility and
overall needs of the service users, including those with sensory impairments. 
Q16. Floor coverings and wall finishes are suitable for the purpose of each room and meet health
and safety and infection control requirements. Finishes that produce glare, dazzle and optical
illusions are avoided, and where service users use wheelchairs  floor coverings have non-
directional pull. According to the service user groups offered services in the day care setting, for
example those with a visual impairment, changes in the texture of floor coverings or other
indicators should be considered to identify key areas in the setting, for example doorways or the
top or bottom of stairs. Space for activities 
Q17. The minimum space per service user (excluding corridors and circulation areas) is 4.5m² in
general activity areas, except for computer suites where 3.0m² is adequate. Where service users
have high dependency needs, a minimum space of 7.5 m² is recommended. 
Q18. Having a range of size of rooms provides flexibility for organising activities and where the
varied needs of service users can be met. According to the service user groups offered services in
day care setting, this can include: 
• A room where meetings can take place. 
• A facility for service users to make or get drinks and snacks. 
• A quiet room with something suitable to rest on; and 
• A room where telephone calls can be made or received in private. 
Q19. The design of the dining space takes into consideration the number of service users who can
eat comfortably together at one time. The space required for dining is at least 1.5 m² per person,
but where service users have high dependency needs the space will be greater. Toilet and
washing facilities.
Q20. There are separate toilets for ambulant males and females, at least one wheelchair
accessible unisex toilet that complies with the Building Regulations and a toilet facility identified
for visitors. 
Q21. Each toilet facility: 
• is clearly marked and conveniently located to rooms used by service users. 
• is fully and separately enclosed. 
• has suitable hand washing and drying facilities to meet infection control guidelines; and 
• has a door that opens outwards. 
Toilets for ambulant, semi and assisted ambulant people are a minimum of 3m². 
Toilets for people who use a wheelchair independently or require the assistance of one person
are a minimum of 4.5m² and at least 2m long. 
Toilets for people who use a wheelchair and require the assistance of two people are a minimum
of 5.5m² and at least 2m long. 
Q22. Where the day care setting provides personal care there is an adequate number of bath and
shower facilities. Bathrooms for ambulant people, people who require assistance and people who
use a wheelchair independently are a minimum of 8.5m². 
Bathrooms for people who require the use of a hoist are a minimum of 16m². Shower rooms are
7m² (non-linear layout) or 7.5m² (linear layout) and are level access. 
Q23. Locks and handles on toilets, bathroom and shower room doors are easy to operate and
allow staff immediate access in an emergency.
Medicines
Q24. There is an identified area where medicines can be stored, in accordance with the
manufacturers’ instructions. This has: 
156

Page 157

31
• cupboards conforming to British Standards for the storage of medicines. 
• space to safely store, access, and administer medicines and medicinal products. 
• sufficient work surfaces for the tasks required; and 
• hand washing facilities in close proximity that meet infection prevention and control guidelines.
157

Page 158

32
References 
[1]  D. C. L.-W. M. Lunt C, “The role of day care in supporting older people living with long-
term conditions,” December 2018. [Online]. Available:
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6221434/. [Accessed June 2024].
[2]  The Dunhill Medical Trust, Social Care Workforce Research Unit, Institute of Gerontoloty,
King's College London, “Evidence briefing for commissioners: day centres for older
people,” February 2018. [Online]. Available: https://www.ageuk.org.uk/bp-
assets/globalassets/gwyneddamon/keep-well-keep-warm/day_centres_for_op--
evidence_briefing__for_commissioners.pdf. [Accessed June 2024].
[3]  M. J. T. A. Orellana K, “Day centres for older people: a systematically conducted scoping
review of literature about their benefits, purposes and how they are perceived.,” April
2020. [Online]. Available: https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/ageing-and-
society/article/day-centres-for-older-people-a-systematically-conducted-scoping-review-of-
literature-about-their-benefits-purposes-and-how-they-are-
perceived/8469C5AB75F8540BE4617E6B11E753C1. [Accessed June 2024].
[4]  A. Braton, Interviewee, Snr Accountant. [Interview]. Nov 2024.
[5]  North Ayrshire Council, “Social Services Policies and Procedures, Day Services,” North
Ayrshire Council, Irvine, 2005.
[6]  J. Davies, Interviewee, Principal Manager, Business Support. [Interview]. 30 July 2024.
[7]  K. Rennie, Interviewee, Team Manager. [Interview]. Nov 2024.
[8]  R. Bently, Interviewee, Snr Maanger, Arran Services. [Interview]. 2024. 
158

Page 159

Integration Joint Board
19th June 2025
Subject: 2024-25 – Year End Financial Performance 
Purpose: To provide an overview of the IJB’s financial performance for the
year ended 2024-25 and the implications for the IJB’s overall
financial position 
Recommendation: It is recommended that the IJB: 
(a) Notes the overall integrated financial performance for the
financial year 2024-25 and the overall year-end overspend of
£1.212m pre earmarking, adjusted to £3.593m after earmarking,
adjusted to on-line after additional  funding contributions.
(b) Notes the progress with delivery of agreed savings.
(c) Approves the budget reductions which are detailed at
paragraph 2.10. 
(d) Approve the proposed earmarking as detailed in the report,
leaving a balance of £3.161m in earmarked funds.   
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership
MH Mental Health
MDT Child & Adolescent Mental Health Services
BRAG Blue, Red, Amber, Green
UNPACS UNPACS, (UNPlanned Activities) – Extra Contractual Referrals
NRAC NHS Resource Allocation Committee
PAC Performance and Audit Committee
MHOF Mental Health Outcome Framework
MDT Multi-Disciplinary Team 
Agenda Item 9
159

Page 160

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 The report provides an overview of the financial position for the Partnership and
outlines the unaudited year-end outturn position for 2024-25.   
1.2  The outturn is an overall year-end overspend of £1.212m on an IJB basis, which
when adjusted for new earmarked reserves of £2.381m is increased to £3.593m
(1.1%), which is a favourable movement of £1.387m from month 10.   
Of this favourable variance the majority relates to LD care packages due to the
variance between planned care and actual care delivered.   
There was significant progress throughout the 2024/25 to contain costs through the
financial recovery plan, which delivered a £4m improvement, the full benefits of this
were not fully attributed to the bottom line as other in-year pressures impacted on the
overall position.   
The graph below illustrates the movement in the financial outturn throughout the
year: 
1.3 The Integration Scheme outlines that there is an expectation that the IJB takes
account of the totality of resources available to balance the budget in year.   
Following this approach, an integrated view of the financial position should be taken,
however it is useful to note that this overall position consists of an overspend of
£2.036m in social care services and an overspend of £1.557m in health services. 
1.4 The Integration Scheme describes the required approach where there is a projected
overspend on the IJB integrated budget, which includes the requirement to agree a
recovery plan to balance the overspending budget.  Only if the recovery plan is
unsuccessful will the Health Board and Council consider making available interim
160

Page 161

funds.  At month 7 the IJB requested that the Chief Officer write formally to North
Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire and Arran to request additional in-year funding
and at month 12 the following has been agreed: 
Social Care element – overspend of £2.036m.  North Ayrshire Council considered
this at their Cabinet meeting of 3rd June and agreed to fund this with a non-recurring
funding increase and no requirement to repay the funds in future years. 
Health element – overspend of £1.557m.  NHS Ayrshire and Arran have funded this,
previous discussions with NHS AA colleagues in relation to repayment indicated the
Health Board would wait to consider this following North Ayrshire Council’s
consideration.  The outcome of the decision by North Ayrshire Council has been
communicated to NHA AA Director of Finance for consideration. 
Following these additional funding contributions the final position is on-line. 
1.5 Projecting the IJB financial position continued to be challenging during 2024-25 as
there were a number of areas of uncertainty throughout the year.  Social care service
provision in particular is difficult to project, with variability due to capacity and demand
and can move significantly with low volume/high-cost packages of care. 
The ongoing financial risks were reported to the IJB during the year.  These
challenges will continue into 2025-26. 
1.6 The projected IJB outturn position has been adjusted to reflect the impact of Lead
Partnership services. The overspend in relation to North Lead Partnership services
for Mental Health is not fully attributed to the North HSCP as a share has been
allocated to East and South HSCPs, similarly the impact of the outturn on East and
South led services has been shared with North, both on an NRAC basis in line with
the agreed risk sharing mechanism.  There is a requirement for the 3 IJBs to be
aware of the position for Lead Partnership services and plans to deliver services from
within allocated budget, on that basis further information will be brought forward with
further detail on Lead Partnership services. 
1.7 Financial balance was not been achieved in 2024-25 and the 2025-26 budget
highlights several areas of significant risk. Financial modelling also anticipates a very
challenging position in subsequent years.   
1.8 The 2024/25 financial position was adversely impacted by several factors outwith the
control of the IJB, these have been noted previously by the IJB and include in-year
funding allocation reductions and externally negotiated contract inflation increases. 
The allocation for the Agenda for Change costs in relation to the reduced working
week were queried with the NHS finance team to ensure we receive our ‘fair share’
of the funding but there has been no change to the allocation which adversely
impacts on the IJB position.     
161

Page 162

2. 2024-25 UNAUDITED BUDGET OUTTURN POSITION 
2.1 The report includes an overview of the financial position, explanations for the main
budget variances and an update on progress in terms of savings delivery.   
2.2 FINANCIAL OUTTURN 2024-25 
Against the full-year budget of £326.629m there is a reported overspend of £1.212m
pre-earmarking.  After earmarking the overspend of £3.593m consists of an
overspend of £2.036m in social care services and an overspend of £1.557m in health
services.  Following additional funding contributions this position was brought on-line. 
Appendix A provides the financial overview of the partnership position, this details
the outturn on an HSCP managed basis, on an IJB delegated basis (following Lead
Partnership recharge adjustments) and the final adjusted outturn position after
accounting for new earmarked reserve balances. 
The sections that follow outline the most significant variances in service expenditure
compared to the approved budgets. 
2.3 Health and Community Care Services 
Against the full-year budget of £92.549m there is an overspend of £5.632m (6.1%)
and the main variances are: 
a) Care home placements – net overspend of £0.176m (£0.092m favourable
movement). 
The budgeted number of permanent placements was 765 and at month 12 there
were 771 placements which is a reduction of 8 places from month 10. The
overspend is £1.010m (£0.074m favourable) on placements including additional
support costs.   
Respite placements are £0.037m under spent (£0.001m favourable). The plan to
manage down the number of permanent placements to reach the target was
challenging due to the need to minimise delayed discharge from hospital and to
continue to support those in critical and substantial need in the community. 
The overspend is partially offset by income recovered from charging orders which
is £0.834m over recovered (£0.018m favourable). This income is challenging to
predict as it depends on the length of the legal process and time taken to sell the
property that the charging order is registered to. 
b) Care at home is £2.712m overspent (net £0.077m adverse). The position reflects
the cost of meeting the significant demand and level of provision for care at home
support.  
162

Page 163

c) Physical Disability Services overspend of £0.714m (£0.016m favourable) split as
follows: £1.295m over in residential placements, £0.298m under in direct
payments and £0.283m under in community care packages. 
d) Integrated Island Services are £0.682m (£0.207m adverse movement).  The most
significant variance is an overspend at Montrose House of £0.464m (£0.049m
adverse movement) which relates to the net overspend on agency staff (i.e. net
of underspend on employee costs) and overspends across property, supplies,
admin and transport. A new contract to procure agency nursing staff commenced
in November. The full benefit of the lower rates will be seen in 25-26. 
There is also an overspend on supplies of £0.297m (continence and medical
supplies) but this is partially offset by an underspend in employee costs of
£0.156m. 
e) Specialist Rehab wards – overspend of £0.076m (£0.070m adverse movement)
(Redburn ward £0.133m overspend and Douglas Grant £0.057m underspend). 
The overspend is due to cover costs for vacancies as well as supplementary
staffing for patients who require one to one support. 
f) Wards 1 and 2 – overspend of £0.735m (£0.058m adverse movement).  The
overspend is due to increased use of bank and supplementary staffing. 
g) District Nursing – overspent by £0.088m (£0.017m adverse) mainly due to an
overspend on nursing supplies. 
h) Equipment and Adaptions – overspend of £0.235m (£0.095m favourable
movement) mainly due to an overspend on the supply of stairlifts. 
2.4 Mental Health Services 
Against the full-year budget of £108.721m there is an underspend of £0.898m (0.8%)
(favourable movement of £3.593m) prior to the re-allocation of the Lead Partnership
variance to East and South HSCP.   
This favourable swing is mainly due to: 
1) The inclusion of £2.237m of underspends that will be earmarked and carried
forward for use in 2025-26. These are £1.884m of Lead Partnership
underspends and £0.353m for the ADP; and 
2) A favourable movement of £1.308m in Learning Disabilities mainly due to the
variance between planned care and actual care delivered. 
163

Page 164

The areas of main variance are: 
• Learning Disabilities care packages are underspent by £0.322m (£1.018m
favourable movement) across community care packages, direct payments
and residential placements.  This improvement reflects the positive impact of
assertive reviews of care packages and increased clawbacks from direct
payments.  The year end reconciliation also highlighted a higher than
anticipated invoice variation which is the difference between planned care and
delivered care which is the main cause of the favourable swing. 
There was also an underspend of £0.197m in supported accommodation
property costs.   These budgets will be reviewed and reconfigures in 2025/26. 
• Community Mental Health services are underspent by £0.632m (£0.343m
favourable movement) across community care packages, direct payments
and residential placements. The main reason for underspend is the availability
and capacity of adult community providers to deliver new packages of care
and the variation between planned and actual care.  There was also an
underspend of £0.136m in relation to supported accommodation at
Nethermains as full year budget was provided for a service that incurred part
year costs. 
• There is an underspend of £0.102m (£0.027m favourable) in relation to the
cost of Hospital Based Complex Continuing Care (HBCCC), this reflects the
impact of change in provision for these services. 
• The Lead Partnership for Mental Health is £0.716m overspent prior to
earmarking of £1.884m resulting in an overspend of £2.600m (£0.243m
adverse movement) and the main variances are as follows: 
• Adult Inpatients – overspent by £0.150m (£0.029m adverse) due to
overspends in supplementary staff for enhanced observations (1:1 and
2:1) and use of bank staff. There is a favourable impact from the
opening of the adult mental health assessment hub which has seen the
adult inpatient areas with reduced occupancy. There has also been a
continuing reduction in bank costs. 
• The UNPACS (Unplanned Activities) budget – overspent by £1.143m
(£0.083m adverse movement) based on current placements. UnPACS
placements are for individuals with very specific needs that require a
higher level of security and/or care from a staff group with a particular
skill set/competence.  There are no local NHS secure facilities for
women, people with a learning disability or people with
neurodevelopmental disorder. This can necessitate an UNPACs
placement with a specialist provider which can be out-of-area.  The
nature of mental health UNPACs spend is that it is almost exclusively
164

Page 165

on medium- or long-term complex secure residential placements which
are very expensive so a small change in placements can have a high
budgetary impact. Due to the complexity and risk involved, transitions
between units or levels of security can take many months. Applications
to approve a placement are made to the Associate Medical Director for
Mental Health who needs to be satisfied that the placement is
appropriate and unavoidable prior to this being agreed. A new group
has been established to review the UnPACS budget and placements
with a wider service representation. 
• Learning Disability Services – underspent by £0.212m (£0.080m
favourable). This position is after recharging other areas on a cost basis
for two outwith authority placements which have incurred additional
costs in relation to usage of supplementary staffing due to sustained
enhanced observations. There is a risk in relation to recovering this
income as the two areas receiving the charges are currently refusing to
pay and legal advice is being sought. The projected income due from
prior and the current year is £2.308m.  
• Elderly Inpatients –overspend of £0.447m (£0.004m favourable
movement) due to the use of supplementary staffing.  The elderly
mental health wards continue to operate at full occupancy and at times
with waiting lists, with several patients who are on enhanced
observations and bank costs remain high. 
• Enhanced Mental Health Outcome framework is underspent by
£0.624m all of which will be earmarked and carried forward for use in
2025-26 to cover legacy costs for projects and posts that are
discontinuing and continued pressures within the Lead Partnership. 
• Eating Disorders – overspent by £0.107m (£0.003m adverse
movement) due to the staffing level being higher than the funding
allocation.  This will be considered alongside the overall resource
allocation in future years. 
• Psychiatry – is overspent by £0.495m (£0.045m adverse movement)
due to the use of agency staff and junior doctors. A mitigation plan has
been developed by the Associate Medical Director to reduce this
overspend in 2025-26. 
• MH Pharmacy – overspent by £0.675m (£0.017m adverse movement)
due to increased demand and cost of medicines and in particular the
cost of Buvidal, further detail on this area of pressure has been shared
at the Finance Working Group. There is pan Ayrshire investment in this
area for 2025-26. 
165

Page 166

 Innovation Fund – underspend of £0.104m (£0.004m adverse
movement) due to slippage within some of the projects and not all of
the funding has been allocated. 
• Action 15 has underspent by £0.487m all of which will be earmarked
and carried forward for use in 2025-26 to cover legacy costs for projects
and posts that are discontinuing. 
• There is also an underspend in MH Infrastructure of £0.322m which will
be earmarked and carried forward for use in 2025-26. 
• The turnover target for vacancy savings for the Lead Partnership is held
within the Lead Partnership as this is a Pan-Ayrshire target.  There is
an over recovery of the vacancy savings target of £0.479m (£0.279m
favourable) in 2024-25.  Further information is included in the table
below: 
Vacancy Savings Target (£1.116m)
Projected to March 2025 £1.445m
Over/(Under) Achievement £0.329m
2.5 Children and Justice Services 
Against the full-year budget of £43.717m there is an overspend of £0.577m (1.3%)
(£0.981m favourable movement of which £0.934m relates to an underspend for the
Whole Family Wellbeing Fund which will be earmarked and carried forward for use
in 2025-26) and the main variances are: 
a) Care Experienced Children and Young People is overspent by £1.903m (£0.005m
favourable). Some of these costs are offset by the contribution from the Home
Office for Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children which is detailed below. The
main areas within this are noted below: 
• Following budget investment of £4m the children’s residential placements are
overspent by £1.837m (£0.089m adverse) based 28 placements. This
demonstrates a reduction of 9 places since the start of the financial year.
There are a number of factors leading to this challenging position: 
• We have 32 places available in our internal children’s houses, due to
demand these have been operating at 100% occupancy or over for
some time, leading to increased use of external placements where
residential care is required.
• The requirement to support Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking
Children (UASC) under the National Transfer Scheme and to support
trafficked young people who have been identified in North Ayrshire.
166

Page 167

• A number of young people in residential care have requested
Continuing Care, whereby a young person can remain in their
placement until age 21.
• Where appropriate young people are placed to meet their educational
needs, the cost of Residential School Placements in the most cases
is shared 50/50 with Education services. 
• Contractual inflation has increased the projected costs of residential
places which is outwith the control of the service. 
Children’s Services are continuing to work with other services including Education
and Housing to address the challenges through the work of the ‘Brighter Pathways’
Programme Board and associated workstreams. The Brighter Pathways progress
and recommendations are being finalised and will be presented to the IJB after the
summer recess. 
• Looked After and Accommodated Children (fostering, adoption, kinship etc)
is £0.859m underspent (£0.136m favourable). 
• Children with disabilities – there is a net overspend of £0.496m (£0.041m
favourable movement) across residential placements, direct payments and
community packages. The adverse movement is due to the confirmed costs
of a recent placement being higher than previously estimated.   
• Residential respite – placements are overspent by £0.138m (£0.005m
favourable). These short-term placements are used to prevent an admission
to full time care or to avoid placement breakdown. 
• Employee costs – are overspent by £0.130m (£0.016m adverse movement),
largely due to staffing levels in the children’s houses and regrading of posts. 
b) Head of Service – is underspent by £0.787m (£0.068m favourable movement).
This consists of a projected overspend due to the planned saving of £0.223m in
relation to the staff reconfiguration in the children’s houses which was not
achieved in 23-24 and this is offset by the grant funding in relation to
Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children (UASC), which is projected to amount
to £0.922m (no change) and which contributes to costs incurred across a number
of C&F service areas.   
c) C&F Health Team – is projected to overspend by £0.351m (£0.067m adverse)
mainly in relation to the Band 6 to 7 regrade for Health Visitors and the
progression of posts up the Band 7 scale.  Part of this recurring cost (£0.246m)
has been approved as a budget pressure for 2025/26. 
167

Page 168

2.6 ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONALS (AHP) 
The non-employee costs element of the AHP services are on-line as all underspends
in employee costs have contributed to payroll turnover. 
2.7 CHIEF SOCIAL WORK OFFICER 
This is overspent by £0.090m (£0.053m adverse) which relates to an overspend in
Learning and Development costs. 
2.8 MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT 
Management and Support Services are projected to underspend by £3.721m
(£0.035m favourable) and the main areas of variance are: 
• There is slippage on the LD and MH transition funding of £0.974m (£0.013m
favourable) due to delays in children transitioning into adult services and
actual costs being less than estimated.  This involves complex planning by
services with service users and families and can change over time based on
assessed need when moving into adult services.
• The 2024-25 budget included a budgeted deficit on the social care side of
£0.437m which is offset by a budgeted surplus of £0.437m on the health side
of the budget.   The net impact is neutral, but Appendix A shows this position
for each element.
• The £0.100m saving in relation to recovery and rehab was not achieved in
2024-25 but will be achieved in 2025-26.
• The recovery plan actions in relation to the reserves and service redesign
funds totalling £0.686m are now reflected in the outturn.
• An over-recovery of payroll turnover of £1.163m for social care services and
an over-recovery of payroll turnover of £0.483m for health services as outlined
in the table below.   
The turnover targets and achievement for the financial year for Health and Social
Care services outwith the Lead Partnership is noted below: 
Social Care Health
Vacancy Savings Target (£3.301m) (£1.522m)
Achieved at March 2025 £4.464m £2.005m
Over/(Under) Achievement £1.163m £0.483m 
The areas contributing to the health and social care vacancy savings are spread
across a wide range of services with vacancy savings being achieved in most areas.  
As part of the recovery plan, the vacancy scrutiny group has been enhanced with the
Heads of Service and professional leads attending.  Each post is scrutinised and
filled only where deemed necessary with a recruitment freeze now implemented for
168

Page 169

all non-essential posts. This has led to an increase in the level of turnover when
projected to the year end.   
The turnover target for the North Lead Partnership for Mental Health services is
detailed separately within the Lead Partnership information at section 2.4. 
2.9 Savings Progress 
a) The approved 2024-25 budget included £10.290m of savings. 
BRAG Status Position at
Budget Approval
£m
Position at
Month 12
£m
Red - -
Amber 0.523 0.475
Green 9.767 -
Blue - 9.815
TOTAL 10.290 10.290 
b) The main area to note is that the amber savings in relation to care homes and
recovery and rehab will not be fully achieved in 2024-25 but there is a plan to
fully deliver in 2025/26. 
Appendix B provides an overview of those service changes which do have financial
savings attached to them and the BRAG status around the deliverability of each
saving. 
2.10 Budget Changes 
The Integration Scheme states that “either party may increase it’s in year payment to
the Integration Joint Board.  Neither party may reduce the payment in-year to the
Integration Joint Board nor Services managed on a Lead Partnership basis….
without the express consent of the Integration Joint Board.” Appendix C highlights
the movement in the budget position following the initial approved budget. 
Reductions Requiring Approval: 
Ref Description  Amount 
(£000)
1 ICT budget transfer 0.004
2 Reduction in SG Allocation for Global sum within
prescribing budget 0.002
3 Return Anticipated Specialist Com Perinatal MH, Infant
& Neonatal 24/25 as this was reclaimed as part of the
EMHOF bundle. 
0.750 
169

Page 170

4 Training grade adjustment 0.036
5 Mh: Foxgrove - North Share to Reserves 24/25 0.074
6 Mh: Foxgrove - East Share  0.103
7 Mh: Foxgrove - South Share  0.107
8 Balance prescribing to zero 0.364   
2.11 Pan Ayrshire Lead Partnership services and Large Hospital Set Aside 
Lead Partnerships: - The IJB position is adjusted to reflect the impact of Lead
Partnership services. The outturn for all Lead Partnership services is shared across
the 3 Partnerships on an NRAC basis. 
The outturn in relation to North Lead Partnership services is not fully attributed to the
North IJB as a share is allocated to East and South Partnerships; similarly, the impact
of the outturn on East and South led services is shared with North. 
South HSCP:  Overspend of £0.598m of which £0.221m will be allocated to North.
The variance is mainly due to an overspend of £0.454m in the community store due
to overspends on beds and mattresses and moving and handling equipment.  There
is also a projected overspend of £0.145m in the continence service. 
East HSCP: Prior to earmarking against specific commitments, there is an
underspend of £2.119m on services managed by East Ayrshire IJB under pan-
Ayrshire Lead Partnership arrangements. After taking account of earmarking
£2.001m, the underspend reduces to £0.118m. The main variances are: 
Primary Care and Out of Hours Services (Lead Partnership) 
On a managed services basis, there is an overall underspend of £1.857m on the
Primary Care Lead Partnership budget (prior to pan-Ayrshire earmarking £2.001m),
resulting in a small overspend of £0.144m. Earmarking includes a net overall
underspend of £1.091m on the Primary Care Improvement Fund (PCIF) which has
been earmarked for carry-forward on an actual spend basis at individual IJB level, as
well as specific PCIF Phased Investment funding £0.819m, which has also been
carried-forward to offset expenditure commitments on a pan-Ayrshire NRAC basis.
In addition, pan-Ayrshire earmarking of sums to offset future costs in GP premises
improvements £0.007m, and Appropriate Adult funding £0.005m have been
accounted for on a NRAC basis. 
Primary Medical Services have overspent £0.556m, due to additional staffing costs,
including increased pension, maternity, paternity and sickness cover costs. There
are additional costs in Ayrshire Urgent Care Services of £0.064m, with work ongoing
to re-design the service to mitigate pressures going forward. Funding has been
allocated to fully offset Urgent Care Pathway costs £0.977m, as well as Covid-19
Therapeutics costs £0.202m. 
170

Page 171

There is a £0.654m underspend in Dental services that reflects that staffing numbers
are running at less than establishment. A sum of £0.079m has been earmarked on a
pan-Ayrshire NRAC basis to offset future expenditure on Dental Practices
improvements. 
Prison and Police Healthcare (Lead Partnership)
The £0.024m overspend at month 12 is largely due increased staffing costs due to
recruitment to vacant posts, as well as increased prescribing costs. 
Allied Health Professions (Lead Partnership)
There is an underspend of £0.391m on AHPs services hosted by East Ayrshire for
the current year. This mainly relates to staffing savings in Physiotherapy / MSK and
Podiatry services and is partially offset by increased Orthotics costs. 
Other Services (Lead Partnership)
The £0.105m overspend is due to increased Area Wide Evening Services costs,
mainly due to additional staffing costs including high use of bank staff, which will
require to be further addressed going forward. 
Set Aside:  Work has been undertaken with partnerships to progress and develop
set aside arrangements to fully implement the legislative requirement.  This includes
arrangements in relation to the use of Directions, Joint Commissioning Plans and
overall progression towards fair share allocations of resources.            
Further work has been undertaken through the Ayrshire Finance Leads group to
establish baseline resources for each partnership and how these compare to the
NRAC “fair share” of resources. Ayrshire Finance Leads have now agreed a
baseline methodology for set aside budgets which involves using the four full years
prior to the pandemic, 2016/17 – 2019/20 inclusive.  
The HSCPs require to agree their final share of the baseline with each other,
however the aggregate will remain unchanged. The table below shows the cost of
the historic baseline at 2023/24 prices.  
IJB
Baseline at
2024/25
prices      
East   31,869,955 
North   39,965,941 
South   34,488,109 
Total 106,324,005 
The annual budget for Acute Services is £462.6million.  The directorate overspent by
£36.9 million in the 12 months to 31 March 2025. This was caused by overspends
on agency medical and nursing staff, together with medicines expenditure,
171

Page 172

equipment and supplies. These have been required due to the level of operational
pressure being experienced, in common with many other areas in Scotland. 
November saw a successful reduction in unfunded beds. Operational challenges in
December carried on into the final quarter. Ayr had 24 additional beds open between
Station 8 and Station 12 every day and an average of 13 on Station 11. Crosshouse
continued with 78 unfunded beds open in March, and in addition 24 full capacity beds
were open each day on average. The SAFER programme in Crosshouse is
progressing well and early indications show a reduction in Length of Stay (LoS)
across two wards by 2.5 days each. The cohorting of patients in the active wards is
also demonstrating a reduction in LoS in other areas. 
There is a material underlying deficit caused by:
• Unachieved efficiency savings
• Length of Stay (LoS) and emergency admission rates in NHS Ayrshire and
Arran acute hospitals are above the Scottish average.
• High expenditure on medical and nursing agency staff, high rates of absence
and vacancies causing service pressure.
• Delayed transfers of care and high acuity of patients.
The IJBs and the Health Board work closely in partnership to maintain service and
improve performance. Initial work has commenced to develop a joint strategic
commissioning plan for the provision of unscheduled care services, which will outline
these services will be delivered over the medium-term using the set aside resources
available. This will support a shift in the balance of care into the community and
support a reduction in the number of acute beds.    
2.12 FINANCIAL RISKS 
There were a number of financial risk areas during the year that impacted on the
financial position. Some of these will continue into 2025-26 and there are increased
risks as a result of the 2024-25 outturn. 
• The announcements by Scottish Government in relation to public sector
finances and in-year spending reductions.
• Continued growing demand for services.
• Staff recruitment and retention challenges across a number of service areas.
• The provider market and the ongoing ability to source packages of care for
service users.
• The expectation that performance will continue to be maintained or improved
despite the significant resource challenges, for example the joint mission for
delayed discharge improvement.
• Ongoing delivery costs of Scottish Government policy directives, particularly
where these are not fully funded or inflation proofed.
• The ongoing review of the Integration Scheme.
172

Page 173

• Progress with the work to develop set aside arrangements and the risk
sharing arrangements agreed as part of this.
• The wider system financial challenges, especially the financial position of
NHS Ayrshire and Arran Health Board, their financial deficit and the risks
around further escalation in the national framework for financial escalation.  
• The recurring underlying levels of overspend which may impact on the
Partnership’s ability to continue to sustain service levels in the future.
• The IJB free general fund reserves are fully used during this financial year. 
• High risk areas of low volume / high-cost services areas e.g. Children’s
residential placements, Learning Disability care packages and complex care
packages. 
• Lead / hosted service arrangements, including managing pressures and
reporting this across the 3 IJBs.
• The impact on Lead Partnership and acute services from decisions taken by
other Ayrshire areas.
• The use of supplementary staffing for enhanced observations across a
number of service areas.
• The use of high-cost agency staff to support frontline service delivery in areas
where there are recruitment challenges.
• Agenda for Change Pay Reform programme – including Nursing Band 5-6 re-
grade, protected learning time and reduction to the working week. Some
funding has been provided to meet costs associated with this but it is unclear
whether this will be sufficient.
• Scot Excel inflationary increases for children’s service are significantly higher
than assumed.
• There is a risk in relation to recovering recharge income in relation to the LD
Assessment and Treatment patients from outwith Ayrshire. 
These risks will continue to be monitored during 2025/26. 
2.13 RESERVES 
The IJB reserves position is summarised in the table below. 
General Fund
Reserve Earmarked Reserves
Total 
Unearmarked  External
Funding                      HSCP 
£m  £m £m £m
Balance – 1 April 2024 0.357  3.379 1.774 5.510
Drawdowns (0.357)  (3.379) (0.994) (4.730)
New Earmarking -  2.381 - 2.381
Balance – 31 March 2025 -  2.381 0.780 3.161 
173

Page 174

The £0.780m HSCP earmarked reserve relates to the Service Redesign and Change
Fund which is fully committed across 2024/25 and 2025/26. 
Further detail on the reserves is given in Appendix D. 
2.14 Financial Recovery Plan 
The IJB set a balanced budget for 2024/25 on 14th March 2024. This did not require
any draw on reserves but did include the approval of £10.290m of savings to achieve
financial balance. 
Following the finalisation of the 2023/24 outturn position, the IJB agreed some initial
recovery actions at the meeting in June. In line with the requirements of the
integration scheme, work has continued to develop the financial recovery plan and
identify further targets for financial improvements. 
Since the initial recovery plan was agreed in June 2024, where there was a forecast
overspend position of £6.555m, there has been a £4.002m impact on costs, the full
benefits of this were not fully attributed to the bottom line as other in-year pressures
impacted on the overall position.   
It is assumed that all mitigations and controls established in 2024-25 continue
throughout 2025-26 as it is recognised that the same uncertainty and risks remain
into 2025-26 and there needs to be tight grip and control over expenditure overall. 
INTEGRATION SCHEME 
The Integration Scheme describes the required approach where there is a projected
overspend: 
The Chief Officer will deliver the Outcomes within the total delegated resources (paid
and Set Aside) and where there is a forecast overspend against an element of the
operational budget, the Chief Officer, the Chief Finance Officer of the Integration
Joint Board and the appropriate finance officers of the Parties must agree a recovery
plan to balance the overspending budget, which recovery plan shall be subject to the
approval of the Integration Joint Board. If the recovery plan is not successful the
Parties will consider making interim funds available based on the agreed percentage 
contribution for joint responsibilities, as outlined above, with repayment in future
years on the basis of a revised recovery plan agreed by the Parties and Integration
Joint Board. 
At month 7 the IJB requested that the Chief Officer write formally to North Ayrshire
Council and NHS Ayrshire and Arran to request additional in-year funding and at
month 12 the following has been agreed: 
174

Page 175

Social Care element – overspend of £2.036m.  North Ayrshire Council considered
this at their Cabinet meeting of 3rd June and agreed to fund this with a non-recurring
funding increase and no requirement to repay the funds in future years. 
Health element – overspend of £1.557m.  NHS Ayrshire and Arran have funded this,
previous discussions with NHS AA colleagues in relation to repayment indicated the
Health Board would wait to consider this following North Ayrshire Council’s
consideration.  The outcome of the decision by North Ayrshire Council has been
communicated to NHA AA Director of Finance for consideration. 
Following these additional funding contributions the final position is on-line. 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1 Anticipated Outcomes 
Continuing to closely monitor the financial position will allow the IJB to take corrective
action where required to ensure the Partnership can deliver services in 2025-26 from
within the available resource, thereby limiting the financial risk to the funding
partners. 
The transformational change programme will have the greatest impact on the
financial sustainability of the partnership, the IJB require to have a clear
understanding of progress with the delivery of the transformation plan. 
3.3 Measuring Impact 
The financial position reported is the unaudited year-end outturn position for 2024-
25, further information will also be contained within the unaudited IJB annual
accounts.  Ongoing updates to the financial position including the reserves position
will be reported to the IJB throughout 2025-26. 
4. IMPLICATIONS  
4.1 Financial
The outturn is an overall year-end overspend of £1.212m, which when adjusted for
new earmarked reserves of £2.381m is increased to £3.593m. This overspend was
brought on-line by additional funding contributions from North Ayrshire Council and
NHS Ayrshire and Arran. 
The report outlines the main variances for individual services.   
4.2 Human Resources
The report highlights vacancy or turnover savings achieved during the year. Services
will review any staffing establishment plans and recruitment in line with normal
practice when implementing service change and reviews as per agreement with the
IJB.  Tight vacancy scrutiny management arrangements are in place for the HSCP. 
4.3 Legal
175

Page 176

None. 
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
None. 
4.5 Risk
Para 2.12 highlights the financial risks.
The report falls in line with the agreed risk appetite statement which is a low-risk
appetite in respect to adherence to standing financial instructions, financial controls
and financial statutory duties and a high-risk appetite in relation to finance and value
for money.
The ‘financial viability of the HSCP’ risk on our strategic risk register has increased
the risk score to reflect the 23/24 and 24/25 outturn and the known challenges in
25/26. 
4.6 Community Wealth Building
None. 
4.7 Key Priorities
The ability to deliver on our strategic priorities may be compromised due to the
greater financial risk faced in 2025-26 and 2026-27 and the increased focus required
on financial rather than service improvement. This will be kept under close scrutiny
throughout 2025-26. If we are unable to successfully develop a financial recovery
plan to achieve financial balance, and consideration will be given as part of our
current review of the strategic plan. 
5. CONSULTATION 
5.1 This report has been produced in consultation with relevant budget holders and the
Partnership Senior Management Team. 
5.2 The IJB financial monitoring report is shared with the NHS Ayrshire and Arran
Director of Finance and North Ayrshire Council’s Head of Finance after the report
has been finalised for the IJB. 
Caroline Cameron, Director
Author – Eleanor Currie, Interim Chief Finance Officer 
[eleanorcurrie@north-ayrshire.gov.uk] 
176

Page 177

PUBLIC INFORMATION
2024-25 Budget Monitoring Report–Objective Summary as at 31st March 2025                                                                 Appendix A   
Budget Outturn 
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
Budget Outturn
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
Budget Outturn 
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
COMMUNITY CARE AND HEALTH 72,796 77,311 4,515 19,753 20,870 1,117 92,549 98,181 5,632
: Locality Services 30,287 31,269 982 5,633 5,722 89 35,920 36,991 1,071
: Community Care Service Delivery 38,598 41,337 2,739 0 38,598 41,337 2,739
: Rehabilitation and Reablement 2,045 2,283 238 0 2,045 2,283 238
: Long Term Conditions 905 951 46 9,921 10,789 868 10,826 11,740 914
: Community Link Workers 331 319 (12) 0 0 0 331 319 (12)
: Integrated Island Services 630 1,152 522 4,199 4,359 160 4,829 5,511 682
MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES 34,187 32,714 (1,473) 74,534 75,109 575 108,721 107,823 (898)
: Learning Disabilities 25,451 24,956 (495) 568 568 0 26,019 25,524 (495)
: Community Mental Health 6,835 6,202 (633) 1,748 1,749 1 8,583 7,951 (632)
: Addictions 1,901 1,556 (345) 1,949 1,909 (40) 3,850 3,465 (385)
: HBCCC 0 0 0 353 251 (102) 353 251 (102)
: Lead Partnership Mental Health NHS Area Wide 0 0 0 69,916 70,632 716 69,916 70,632 716
CHILDREN & JUSTICE SERVICES 38,495 38,721 226 5,222 5,573 351 43,717 44,294 577
: Irvine, Kilwinning and Three Towns 2,946 2,974 28 0 0 0 2,946 2,974 28
: Garnock Valley, North Coast and Arran 3,076 2,196 (880) 0 0 0 3,076 2,196 (880)
:Intervention Services 1,173 1,162 (11) 0 0 0 1,173 1,162 (11)
: Care Experienced Children & Young people 27,358 29,261 1,903 0 0 0 27,358 29,261 1,903
: Head of Service - Children & Families 1,039 252 (787) 0 0 0 1,039 252 (787)
: Justice Services 2,477 2,476 (1) 0 0 0 2,477 2,476 (1)
: C&F Health Team 426 400 (26) 4,447 4,798 351 4,873 5,198 325
: Lead Partnership NHS Children's Services 0 0 0 775 775 0 775 775 0
CHIEF SOCIAL WORK OFFICER 1,635 1,725 90 0 0 0 1,635 1,725 90
PRIMARY CARE 0 0 0 53,575 53,662 87 53,575 53,662 87
ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONALS 0 10,748 10,749 1 10,748 10,749 1
MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT COSTS 12,311 9,702 (2,609) 3,373 2,261 (1,112) 15,684 11,963 (3,721)
OUTTURN ON A MANAGED BASIS 159,424 160,173 749 167,205 168,224 1,019 326,629 328,397 1,768
TOTAL
Partnership Budget - Objective Summary
Council Health
2024/25 Budget
177

Page 178

PUBLIC INFORMATION 
TOTAL Budget Budget
Budget Outturn 
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
Budget Revised
Outturn
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
Budget Outturn 
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
Return Hosted Over/Underspends to East 0 0 0 0 (122) (122) 0 (122) (122)
Return Hosted Over/Underspends North 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Return Hosted Over/Underspends to South 0 0 0 0 (229) (229) 0 (229) (229)
Receive Hosted Over/Underspends South 0 0 0 0 221 221 0 221 221
Receive Hosted Over/Underspends East 0 0 0 0 (426) (426) 0 (426) (426)
OUTTURN ON AN IJB BASIS 159,424 160,173 749 167,205 167,668 463 326,629 327,841 1,212
Adjusted for Earmarking
ADP 0 353 353 0 0 0 0 353 353
Whole Family Wellbeing Fund 0 934 934 0 0 0 0 934 934
Action 15 0 0 0 0 135 135 0 135 135
Breastfeeding Network 0 0 0 0 36 36 0 36 36
Enhanced MH Outcome Framework 0 0 0 0 241 241 0 241 241
Early Intervention in Psychosis 0 0 0 0 92 92 0 92 92
Police Scotland 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1
MH Infrastructure 0 0 0 0 124 124 0 124 124
LD SG Funding 0 0 0 0 82 82 0 82 82
Earmarking for East LP services 0 0 0 0 383 383 0 383 383
OUTTURN POSITION PRIOR TO
ADDITIONAL FUNDING CONTRIBUTIONS 159,424 161,460 2,036 167,205 168,762 1,557 326,629 330,222 3,593
CONTRIBUTION FROM NORTH AYRSHIRE
COUNCIL 2,036 0 (2,036) 0 0 0 2,036 0 (2,036)
CONTRIBUTION FROM NHS AYRSHIRE &
ARRAN 0 0 0 1,557 0 (1,557) 1,557 0 (1,557)
FINAL OUTTURN POSITION 161,460 161,460 0 168,762 168,762 0 330,222 330,222 0
Partnership Budget - Objective Summary
2024/25 Budget
Council Health
178

Page 179

PUBLIC INFORMATION
2024-25 Savings Tracker          Appendix B 
Social Care:
Description
Deliverability
Status at
budget
setting
Deliverability
Status at
Month 12
2024/25
Saving
Description of the Saving
Children, Families & Criminal Justice
Service redesign Amber Blue 0.123 Restructure areas of specialist service provision including
substance use and corporate parenting, embedding the roles and
functions of those teams within our locality-based early intervention
approaches and strategic planning including engagement.
Community Care & Health
Review of Day Care provision Amber Blue 0.100 Carry out a review and streamline day care provision.
Sensory Impairment Team Green Blue 0.062 Remove the dedicated management post and realign the team into
core social work teams.
Care Home places Green Amber 0.375 Reduce the number of funded care home places by 15, leaving
budgetary provision for 765 places at average cost.
Charging for community alarm provision
to sheltered housing tenants
Amber Blue 0.200 Introduce a charge for community alarm provision in council
sheltered housing units to ensure an equitable approach across all
housing tenures.
Montrose House capacity Green Amber 0.111 Restrict the capacity at Montrose House care home to the current
level of residency.
Voluntary Early Release Green Blue 0.174 Recurring savings achieved by the release of back-office staff
through the council's voluntary early release scheme.
Carers Strategy funding Green Blue 0.384 Utilise the remaining Carer's Strategy funding to invest in respite
provision and short breaks for carers and to support existing
investments in services which support unpaid carers.
Increase to charging Green Blue 0.131 Increase charges for non-residential care by 10% and charges for
residential care by 5%
Remove vacant posts Green Blue 0.280 Remove a number of vacant posts across support services.
Employers' superannuation contributions Green Blue 7.238 Align the budget to the new employer superannuation contribution
rates from 1st April 2024.
Payroll Turnover Green Blue 0.077 Increase targets for payroll turnover through the recruitment
process.
TOTAL SOCIAL CARE SAVINGS 9.255
Support Services and Partnership-wide savings
179

Page 180

PUBLIC INFORMATION 
Health:
Description
Deliverability
Status at
budget
setting
Deliverability
Status at
Month 12
2024/25
Saving
Description of the Saving
Hospital Based Complex Continuing
Care (HBCCC) provision
Green Blue 0.500 Align the budget to the level of ongoing need for HBCCC provision.
Increase recharge to East Ayrshire for
beds at Woodland View
Green Blue 0.021 Apply an inflationary increase to the recharge to East Ayrshire
HSCP.
Community Recovery and Rehab
provision
Amber Amber 0.100 Review and streamline a range of current provisions to remove
duplication.
Enhanced ICT Green Blue 0.100 Carry out a review of the service delivery model and release
recurring staffing savings.
Payroll Turnover Green Blue 0.314 Increase targets for payroll turnover through the recruitment
process.
TOTAL HEALTH SAVINGS 1.035
TOTAL NORTH HSCP SAVINGS 10.290
180

Page 181

PUBLIC INFORMATION
2024-25 Budget Reconciliation               Appendix C 
COUNCIL Period Permanent or
Temporary £'m
Initial Approved Budget 156.190
Adjustments to baseline (0.574)
Less Resource Transfer 23/24 (24.640)
Revised Budget 130.976
Resource Transfer 24/25 P 26.217
Realign Girfec Team To Connected Commu 1-3 P (0.073)
ICT Budget Transfers 1-3 P (0.006)
CJSW Funding 2425 1-3 T 0.053
Childrens Living Wage Allocation 1-3 T 0.525
ICT Budget Transfers 6 P (0.002)
ICT Budget Transfers 6 P (0.003)
Post Realigned from the Policy,
Performance & Elections Team 6 P 0.059
Transfer to FM Services re Cleaning
Services at West Road 6 P (0.010)
Transfer to Capital re West Road 7 T (0.281)
Transfer from NAC Commercial Waste 7 T 0.007
ICT Budget Transfers 9 P (0.002)
Summer Activities EMF Q2 & Q3 Draw-
Down 9 T 0.002
Pay Award 24/25 9 P 1.057
Scottish Disability Allowance 9 P 0.134
Transfer from Housing re Domestic Abuse
Alarns 10 P 0.008
Drugs Taskforce post 12 T 0.009
ICT Budget Transfers 12 P (0.004)
Summer Activities Q4 Draw-Down 12 T 0.001
Apprenticeship Levy 12 P 0.010
EM Funds Victim Witness Support 12 T 0.009
Insurance Excess 12 T 0.026
Change fund - equipment and adaptations 12 T 0.024
Storm Costs 12 T 0.019
CFCR 47 West Road 12 T 0.090
24/25 Insurance Allocation 12 T 0.088
HSCP trf from EM Funds& Invest fund 12 T 0.260
Financial Inclusion VER costs 12 T 0.234
Additional contribution re overspend 12 T 2.036
Roundings 12 T (0.003)
161.460Social Care Budget Reported at Month 12
181

Page 182

PUBLIC INFORMATION 
HEALTH Period Permanent or
Temporary £'m
Initial Budget exc set aside 157.894
Add Resource Transfer 23/24 24.640
Month 10-12 Adjustments and adjusting
for the full year impact of part years
amounts and temporary funding.
(0.033)
Revised Budget P 182.501
Add resource Transfer 24/25 (26.217)
North Superannuation 24/25 uplift 1 1.134
MH: ANTICIPATE HOLLYBUSH COMBAT
STRESS 24/25 1 1.424
MH: ANTICIPATE DELIVERY OF VETERAN
SPECIFIC 24/25 1 0.105
MH: ANTICIPATE PERINATAL MH, INFANT
MH (INCL MNPI) 24/25 1 0.750
Training grade ADJ - April 1 0.063
Pecos Nurse Post 1 (0.018)
Script Switch To Pharmacy 1 (0.002)
Breastfeeding Pay Award - South 2 0.005
Nest - South 2 0.066
24-25 Bwg Foxgrove North 2 0.033
24-25 E Bwp Breast Feeding - North 2 0.005
24-25 E Bwp Huntingtons North 2 0.005
24-25 E Bwp Nest North 2 0.066
Phlebotomy Admin Returned 2 0.005
23-24 - 50% North Share to East - Tier 3
Weight Management 2 (0.077)
24-25 North Share to East - Tier 3 Weight
Management 2 (0.022)
Anticipate Adp Afc Pay Uplift 3 0.091
Anticipate Adp Drug Prevalence 3 0.084
Anticipate Adp Lived & Living Exp 3 0.013
Anticipate Adp Mat 3 0.250
Anticipate Adp National Mission 3 0.296
Anticipate Adp Residential Rehab 3 0.134
Anticipate Adp Whole Family Approach 3 0.094
Training Grade Adj - Jun 3 (0.054)
Ambush North Rx 3 1.573
Ambush North Rx Cres 3 (1.477)
182

Page 183

PUBLIC INFORMATION 
HEALTH Period Permanent or
Temporary £'m
24-25 North Budget Paper - Office 365 (to
East) 3 (0.073)
24-25 North Budget Paper - Prison Pharm
Contract (to East) 3 (0.093)
South Mat Funding - Psychiatrist 3 0.029
Hd198: Early Intervention In Psychosis/ Body
Image And Social Media Resource 3 0.242
Hd203: Digital Mental Health Programme
Licence & Support 3 0.005
Reduction to the Working Week (mth 2 - 4) 4 0.105
Post to medical records 4 (0.037)
HD107: breast Feeding project funds 4 0.056
BBV 4 0.282
Rww 1/2 Hour Overtime M5 5 0.006
Min Anp Allocation 5 0.020
Ml: Nr Prog - Mappa 5 0.004
Training Grade Adj - August 5 0.051
Training Grade Vac Adj - August 5 (0.025)
MH: Return Hollybudh anticipated budget back
to reserves 24/25 5 (1.424)
HD271: Combat Stress Clinical services for
Veterans 5 0.583
Reduction to the Working Week 1/2 Hour
Overtime M6 6 0.002
Hd283 24-25 Pharmacy Tariff Red 6 (0.031)
Reduction to the Working Week 1/2 Hour
Overtime M7 7 0.003
Afc Partnership Pay Award 7 4.710
Training Grade Adj - October 7 (0.026)
24-25 E Bwp Huntington's North - Return To
East 7 (0.005)
Mh - Afc Reform Reduced Working Week 7 0.037
Pharmacy Tarrif reduction reinstated 7 0.031
Return Anticipated MDT 7 (0.316)
MDT reduction by SG 7 0.179
Rww 1/2 Hour Overtime M8 8 0.002
Ret Antic Mdt 24-25 Alloc Correct 8 (0.017)
Virement No. 14: North Mdt Funds To Arran
Medical Group 8 (0.041)
183

Page 184

PUBLIC INFORMATION 
HEALTH Period Permanent or
Temporary £'m
HD231: PDS Dementia 8 0.094
Mh: Return Afc Partnership Pay Award 8 0.146
Fund RX Overspend at M8 8 0.396
Rww Worked November Paid December 9 0.001
MH: ALLOCATE MAT STANDARDS - MAT 7
PRIMARY CARE (PAN AYRSHIRE)
PHARMACIST
9 (0.041)
MH: ADP 24/25 - ABI to East 9 (0.010)
HD413: Veterans Specific Services - Combat
Stress 9 0.010
Medical Pay Award Part 1 9 0.804
Med Pay Award - December 9 0.182
Fund Rx Overspent At M9 9 0.325
Specialist/specialty Docs Pay Award 11 0.038
Training Grade Adj - February 11 0.017
Virement 23 Fr Aml443 - part year costs of a
Bsnd 3 post transferring from South to North 11 0.001
Hd490 Reduction in SG Allocation for Global
sum within prescribing budget 11 (0.002)
Rx To Fund Overspend 11 0.110
Reduced Working Week - Mth 9 -12 11 0.220
Mh: Return Anticipated Specialist Com
Perinatal Mh, Infant & Neonatal 24/25 -
reclaimed via EMHOF
12 (0.750)
Enhanced Mental Health Outcome Framework 12 0.968
Medcial Discretioanry Point funding 24/25 12 0.024
Training Grade Adj - March 12 (0.006)
Mh: 23/24 Foxgrove Frm Reserves - North
Share 23/24 12 0.045
Mh: Foxgrove - North Share To Reserves
24/25 12 (0.074)
Training Grade Adj - March 12 (0.030)
Mh: Foxgrove - East Share 23/24 12 (0.103)
Mh: Foxgrove - South Share 23/24 12 (0.107)
Balance Prescribing To Zero 12 (0.364)
Learning Disabilities Physical Adaptations 12 0.212
Alzheimer Scotl Dementia Consultants
Programme 12 0.010
Additional contribution re overspend 12 1.557
168.762
TOTAL COMBINED BUDGET 330.222
Health Budget Reported at Month 12
184

Page 185

PUBLIC INFORMATION 
24-25 IJB Reserves Position      Appendix D 
Balance at 31
March 2024 Area of Reserves
Transfers
Out              
2024-25
Transfers In                 
2024-25
Balance at 31
March 2025
Earmarked Funds
641 : Alcohol & Drug Partnership (641) 353 353
57 : Mental Health Action 15 (57) 135 135
0 : Primary Care Improvement Fund 0 46 46
1,774 : Service Redesign / Challenge Fund (994) 780
377 : Community Living Change Fund (377) 0
1,313 : Family Wellbeing Fund (1,313) 934 934
50 : Wellbeing Funding (50) 0 0
26 : Breastfeeding Network (26) 36 36
546 : MH Recovery and Renewal /Enhanced MH
Outcome Framework (546) 365 365
0 : Early Intervention in Psychosis 0 92 92
23 : Buvidal (23) 0
: LD funding 0 82 82
5 : Brooksby (5) 0
4 : Cossette Funding (4) 0
0 : Donation (Police Scotland) 0 1 1
0 : Primary Care Improvement Fund IP 0 303 303
55 : Expansion of Primary Care Estates (55) 0
63 : GP Premises Improvements - tranches 1 an (63) 3 3
81 : Mental Health Wellbeing in Primary Care (81) 0 0
29 : Dental Practice Improvement (29) 29 29
2 : Appropriate Adult (2) 2 2
19 :Adult Tier 3 Weight Management Service (19) 0 0
22 : Phlebotomy Service (22) 0 0
20 : LD Health Checks (20) 0
46 : LD Health Checks - NHS (46) 0
5,153 Total Earmarked (4,373) 2,381 3,161
357 Unallocated General Fund - NAC (357) 0 0
5,510 General Fund (4,730) 2,381 3,161
185

Page 186

186

Page 187

Integration Joint Board
19th June 2025
Subject : Risk Appetite Statement
Purpose : To approve the Risk Appetite Statement. 
Recommendation : That the IJB approve the Risk Appetite Statement. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both
(where Directions are required
please complete Directions
Template)
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required x
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 This report provides an overview of the risk appetite statement for the partnership. 
The purpose of the report is to allow IJB members to approve the Risk Appetite
Statement. 
2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 Risk appetite is the amount of risk which is judged tolerable and justifiable. It is the
amount of risk that any organisation is prepared to tolerate or be exposed to at any
one point in time. 
2.2 The Risk Appetite Statement has been developed to recognise that the planning and
delivery of health and social care services involves having to manage risk and that
staff must have the confidence to work with uncertainty.   
2.3 The Statement reflects the ‘normal’ risk appetite, but it is recognised that risk appetite
accepted in responding to delivering services during exceptional circumstances e.g.
a pandemic, may be higher. 
2.4 The Statement focuses on the key elements of service, quality, people and finance.  
Appendix A details the assessed risk appetite for each of these key elements of
service. 
Agenda Item 10
187

Page 188

2.5 It has been reviewed and no changes have been found necessary. Future reviews of
the risk appetite statement will routinely be conducted alongside the review of the risk
management strategy, with the next one due in June 2028. It may be reviewed in the
interim in the event of an urgent need. 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1 It is proposed to approve the risk appetite statement as detailed in Appendix A. 
3.2 Anticipated Outcomes 
Appropriate and effective risk management practice will be embraced throughout the
IJB as an enabler of success, whether delivering better outcomes for the people of
North Ayrshire, protecting the health, safety and wellbeing of everyone who engages
with the IJB or for maximising opportunity, delivering innovation and best value, and
increasing performance. 
3.3 Measuring Impact 
The IJB aims to provide safe and effective care and treatment for patients and clients,
and a safe working environment within the IJB and for others who interact with the
services delivered under the direction of the IJB. Effective risk management practice
will support this. 
4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
The Risk Appetite Statement is relevant to finance in framing the approach to value
for money, the balance of risk and reward from alternative courses of action. 
4.2 Human Resources
None. 
4.3 Legal
None. 
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
None.    
4.5 Risk
Failure to approve the report would result in a gap in the governance structure of the
partnership. 
4.6 Community Wealth Building
None. 
188

Page 189

4.7 Key Priorities
Appropriate and effective risk management practice will deliver better outcomes for
the people of North Ayrshire, protecting the health, safety and wellbeing of everyone
who engages with the IJB or for maximising opportunity, delivering innovation and
best value, and increasing performance. 
5. CONSULTATION 
The risk appetite statement has been reviewed and agreed by the Partnership Senior
Management Team.   
Caroline Cameron, Director
Author – Eleanor Currie, Interim Chief Finance Officer 
[eleanorcurrie@north-ayrshire.gov.uk] 
Appendices
• Appendix A – Risk Appetite Statement
189

Page 190

Appendix A 
North Ayrshire Integration Joint Board 
Risk Appetite Statement 
Version 3.0
Prepared by –Interim Chief Finance Officer 
Effective from 19th June 2025
Review Date June 2028
Lead Reviewer Chief Officer 
190

Page 191

Introduction
The Integration Joint Board (IJB) is committed to a culture where the workforce is encouraged
to develop new initiatives, improve performance and achieve goals safely, effectively and
efficiently by appropriate application of good risk management practice.
Appropriate and effective risk management practice will be embraced throughout the IJB as
an enabler of success, whether delivering better outcomes for the people of North Ayrshire,
protecting the health, safety and wellbeing of everyone who engages with the IJB or for
maximising opportunity, delivering innovation and best value, and increasing performance.
In doing so the IJB aims to provide safe and effective care and treatment for patients and
clients, and a safe working environment within the IJB and for others who interact with the
services delivered under the direction of the IJB.
The IJB purposefully seeks to promote an environment that is risk ‘aware’ and strives to place
risk management information at the heart of key decisions. This means that the IJB can take
an effective approach to managing risk in a way that both address significant challenges and
enable positive outcomes.
Risk appetite is the amount of risk which is judged tolerable and justifiable. It is the amount of
risk that any organisation is prepared to tolerate or be exposed to at any one point in time. 
The approved risk strategy requires a formal risk appetite statement to be agreed annually by
the IJB. 
The Risk Appetite Statement has been developed to recognise that the planning and delivery
of health and social care services involves having to manage risk.  The IJB is responsible for
the oversight of services and through the Chief Officer is responsible for the operational
management and delivery of these services.  Caring for people, managing staff, facilities and
finances are all, by their nature, activities that involve risk.  These risks cannot be avoided
completely but can be managed to an acceptable level.  
In considering the development of the risk appetite statement the focus was on the key
elements of service, quality, people and finance. The IJB’s appetite for risk in each of these
elements has been assessed as either none, low, moderate or high.  
Risk Appetite Statement
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership’s Vision is ‘All people who live in North
Ayrshire are able to have a safe, healthy and active life’. 
This vision is supported by five strategic priorities:
• Tackling inequalities
• Engaging communities
• Improving mental and physical health and wellbeing
• Provide early and effective support
• Develop and support our workforce 
Service 
We acknowledge that health and social care operates within a regulated environment and we
have to meet compliance expectations from various regulatory sources. We will endeavour to
meet those expectations whilst being creative and operating within regulation.  We therefore
have a low appetite for taking risk in relation to compliance and regulatory requirements but
a high appetite for risk in relation to service innovation and transformation.  This high-risk
191

Page 192

appetite reflects those innovative developments are needed to present real change to the way
services are being delivered, with a realism that continuing to deliver services in the same way
is no longer sustainable and changes need to be made in the way services are accessed and
provided.
Quality
We are committed to a culture of quality improvement and learning ensuring that quality of
care is above all else.  Safe delivery of integrated services is the highest priority for the
partnership.  There is a low appetite for risk related to the safety of service users or the
workforce. 
At the same time the partnership sees a need to enable calculated risk-taking in relation to
achieving positive individual outcomes and improving service quality in terms of person-
centred support. The IJB aims to commission services of the highest quality and the
partnership needs to reinforce that exercising creativity is to be welcomed. There is a need to
enable calculated risk-taking for both supported people and the workforce and to share and
learn from positive practice and for this area we have a high-risk appetite. 
People 
We want to attract, recruit and retain the right people with the right skills in the right place.  We
have a high appetite for addressing workforce challenges in relation to delivering on our
Workforce Plan.  There is a recognition that support is required across the workforce to foster
creativity and new ways of working. This is coupled with a full commitment to partnership with
trade unions, ethical standards and staff governance standards and minimal appetite for risks
to these principles.  In doing so challenges are recognised in relation to workforce demography
and the cultural change required to have a more flexible innovative workforce and to attract a
younger workforce.                         
Finance 
We have a low appetite for taking risk in respect of adherence to standing financial
instructions, financial controls, and financial statutory duties. 
We have a high-risk appetite in relation to the financial and value for money element. There
is a requirement to set a balanced budget and that supports caution in budgetary management
terms, particularly where decisions on required spend can constitute a sizeable proportion of
the budget (for example secure care for children and young people or complex care
packages). The IJB has robust, proactive budget management arrangements in place. There
is a need for greater risk appetite with an open attitude to shifting towards earlier stage
intervention and towards maturity in a context of the need to think differently in the context of
transformation and sustainability.
We need to work proactively to address the financial challenges, while at the same time,
providing high-quality and sustainable health and social care services for the communities in
North Ayrshire. 
Overall Risk Appetite
The partnership is open in terms of risk appetite. The partnership encourages innovation and
creativity and creates the permission, trust and support required to meet its vision.  At the
same time this needs to be balanced against the risk related to the safety of service users or
the workforce.
192

Page 193

Appendix A
Risk Appetite Matrix 
Low Moderate High
Compliance Want to adhere to all regulations
with no deviation.
Adhering to all regulations but
being creative in doing so.
Not adhering to regulations.
Innovation & Transformation Tendency to stick to the status
quo, innovation is generally
avoided
Innovation supported only with
evidence of improvement.
Innovation pursued - desire to
challenge current practice. 
Empower staff to be innovative.
Safety No risk related to the safety of
supported people or the
workforce.  
Limited risk related to the safety
of supported people or the
workforce.  
Unlimited risk related to the safety
of supported people or the
workforce.  
Positive Practice No sharing of positive practice. Limited local sharing but not
partnership wide.
Networks/ forum / procedures in
place to share and learn from
positive practice on partnership
wide basis.  Respond well and
learn from critical incidents.
People Workforce Challenges No workforce plan or recognition
of future challenges.
Future changes known but no plan
in place to address them.
Aware of future challenges and a
robust workforce plan in place.
High ambition to be innovative,
testing new ways of working and
recruiting alongside calculated risk
taking supporting people and
workforce. Look to be innovative
in recruiting and have a robust
workforce plan.
Compliance Want to adhere to all regulation
with no deviation.
Adhering to all regulations but
being creative in doing so.
Not adhering to regulations.
VFM and financial Planning Budgets focus is on recovery and
renewal.
Balanced budget with strong
financial management in place
despite challenge of annual budget
setting processes.
Investment in new approaches to
improve service and to increase
efficiency and effectiveness. 
Service
Finance
Quality
RISK APPETITE
193

Page 194

194

Page 195

Integration Joint Board
19 June 2025
Subject: Risk Management Strategy 
Purpose: To seek approval for the updated partnership risk management
strategy.
Recommendation: The IJB are asked to approve the risk management strategy
detailed in Appendix 1. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
IJB Integration Joint Board
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership
PSMT Partnership Senior Management Team
PAC Performance and Audit Committee 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 The partnership's Risk Management Strategy outlines the process established to
identify risk, evaluate the potential consequences and to support plans for the most
effective method of controlling or responding to risks. 
1.2 To ensure that the management of risk is integrated within the partnership, the
process forms part of the partnership’s governance framework.  The Risk
Management Strategy is due for review, having been last reviewed in June 2022.   
2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 The previous strategy was approved by the North Ayrshire IJB in June 2022 and the
strategy needs to be reviewed every three years as a minimum. 
2.2 The updated Strategy reflects the process for North Ayrshire with only minor
presentational changes. 
2.3 The Strategy includes a requirement for:
Agenda Item 11
195

Page 196

• The preparation of a risk appetite statement which is covered on a separate
agenda item; and
• The preparation of a Strategic Risk Register which was approved by the IJB
in March 2025. 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1 It is proposed to approve the risk management strategy detailed in Appendix 1. 
3.2 Anticipated Outcomes 
The primary objectives of this strategy will be to: 
• Promote awareness of risk and define responsibility for managing risk within the
IJB.
• Establish standards and principles for the efficient management of risk,
including regular monitoring, reporting and review. 
This strategy takes a positive and holistic approach to risk management. The scope
applies to all risks, whether relating to the clinical and care environment, employee
safety and wellbeing, business risk, opportunities or threats. 
3.3 Measuring Impact 
The PSMT is responsible for providing assurance to the IJB that the Risk Management
Strategy is being applied effectively across the Partnership. 
Reviewing the IJB’s risk management arrangements on a regular basis will also
constitute a ‘Plan/ Do/ Study/ Act’ review cycle that will shape future risk management
priorities and activities of the IJB, inform subsequent revisions of this policy and
strategy and drive continuous improvement in risk management across the IJB. 
4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
None
4.2 Human Resources
None
4.3 Legal
None
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
None 
4.5 Risk
Failure to approve the report would result in a disconnect between the Risk
Management Strategy and the partnership practice in relation to risk management. 
4.6 Community Wealth Building
196

Page 197

None
4.7 Key Priorities
Appropriate and effective risk management practice will deliver better outcomes for
the people of North Ayrshire, protecting the health, safety and wellbeing of everyone
who engages with the IJB or for maximising opportunity, delivering innovation and
best value, and increasing performance. 
5. CONSULTATION 
None. 
6. CONCLUSION 
The IJB are asked to approve the risk management strategy detailed in Appendix 1.   
For more information please contact: 
Eleanor Currie, Interim Chief Finance Officer at eleanorcurrie@north-ayrshire.gov.uk   
Appendices
Appendix 1
197

Page 198

Version No. 4.0 
Date Effective: 19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
Appendix 1 
North Ayrshire Integration Joint Board 
Risk Management Strategy           
Version No: 
4.0
Prepared By: 
Eleanor Currie, Principal Manager - Finance
Effective From:                                                                                                                  
19th June 2025
Review Date:                                                                                                                       
18th June 2028
Lead Reviewer:                                                                                                                       
Caroline Cameron, Chief Officer
Dissemination Arrangements: 
“This Strategy underpins the commitment to robust risk management within the North
Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership and must be read in conjunction with NHS
Ayrshire & Arran and North Ayrshire Council Risk Management Strategies” – Chief
Officer 
198

Page 199

1 
Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
CONTENTS     
Policy – the risk management approach .............................................................................................. 2
Strategy - Implementing the policy ....................................................................................................... 3
Introduction  .......................................................................................................................................... 3
Risk management process .................................................................................................................... 3
Application of good risk management across the IJB activities ......................................................... 4
Risk leadership and accountability ....................................................................................................... 5
Governance, roles and responsibilities ................................................................................................ 5
Resourcing risk management ............................................................................................................... 6
Resourcing the risk management framework ...................................................................................... 6
Training, learning and development ..................................................................................................... 7
Risk management training and development opportunities ............................................................... 7
Monitoring activity and performance .................................................................................................... 7
Monitoring risk management activity and performance ...................................................................... 7
Communicating risk management ........................................................................................................ 7
Communicating, consulting on and reviewing the risk management framework .............................. 7
Appendix 1 Risk Management – A Quick Guide ................................................................................... 9 
All of our publications are available in different languages, larger print, Braille (English
only), audio tape or another format of your choice. 
Email whatmatterstoyou@north-ayrshire.gov.uk for more information. 
199

Page 200

2 
Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
Policy – the risk management approach 
The Integration Joint Board (IJB) is committed
to a culture where the workforce is
encouraged to develop new initiatives,
improve performance and achieve goals
safely, effectively and efficiently by appropriate
application of good risk management practice.
Appropriate and effective risk management
practice will be embraced throughout the IJB
as an enabler of success, whether delivering
better outcomes for the people of North
Ayrshire, protecting the health, safety and
wellbeing of everyone who engages with the
IJB or for maximising opportunity, delivering
innovation and best value, and increasing
performance.
In doing so the IJB aims to provide safe and effective care and treatment for patients and clients, and a
safe working environment within the IJB and for others who interact with the services delivered under the
direction of the IJB.
The IJB purposefully seek to promote an environment that is risk ‘aware’ and strives to place risk
management information at the heart of key decisions. This means that the IJB can take an effective
approach to managing risk in a way that both address significant challenges and enable positive
outcomes.
Risk appetite is the amount of risk which is judged tolerable and justifiable. It is the amount of risk that
any organisation is prepared to tolerate or be exposed to at any one point in time. A formal risk appetite
statement requires to be agreed annually by the IJB.    
The IJB promotes the pursuit of opportunities that will support the delivery of the Strategic Plan.
Opportunity related risk must be carefully evaluated in the context of the anticipated benefits for patients,
clients and the organisation.  
The IJB and PAC will receive regular updates on the strategic and operational risks to provide assurance
on the adequacy but also the effectiveness of its risk management arrangements.  
The IJB through the following risk management strategy, has established a Risk Management
Framework, which covers risk policy, procedure, process, systems, risk management roles and
responsibilities.
The IJB recognise that the planning and delivery of health and social care services involves having to
manage risk.  The IJB is responsible for the operational oversight of services and through the Chief
Officer is responsible for the operational management and delivery of these services.  Caring for people,
managing staff, facilities and finances are all, by their nature, activities that involve risk.  These risks
cannot be avoided completely but can be managed to an acceptable level.  This Risk Management
Strategy describes the risk management arrangements for North Ayrshire IJB and forms part of the wider
framework for corporate governance and internal control.   
Key benefits of effective risk management:
 risk ‘aware’ not risk ‘averse’ decisions are based
on a balanced assessment of risk and enable
acceptance of certain risks in order to achieve a
particular goal or reward;
 high achievement of objectives and targets;
 high levels of morale and productivity;
 better use and prioritisation of resources;
 high levels of user experience/ satisfaction with a
consequent reduction in adverse incidents, claims
and/ or litigation; and
 a positive reputation established for the IJB. 
200

Page 201

3 
Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
Strategy - Implementing the policy 
Introduction
The primary objectives of this strategy will be to:
 promote awareness of risk and define responsibilities for managing risk within the IJB;
 maximise opportunities to improve service delivery;
 establish communication and sharing of risk information through all areas of the IJB;
 outline measures to reduce the IJB exposure to risk and potential loss; and,
 establish standards and principles for the efficient management of risk, including regular
monitoring, reporting and review.
This strategy takes a positive and holistic approach to risk management. The scope applies to all risks,
whether relating to the clinical and care environment, employee safety and wellbeing, business risk,
opportunities or threats.
Strategic risks represent the potential for the IJB to achieve (opportunity) or fail to meet (threat) its
desired outcomes and objectives as set out within the Strategic Plan.  Typically these risks
requirestrategic leadership to identify and implement appropriate mitigations to manage the risk.
Operational risks represent the potential for impact (opportunity or threat) within or arising from the
activites of an individual service area or team operating within the scope of the IJB’s activities. Parent
bodies will retain responsibility for managing operational risks as operational risks will be more ‘front-line’
in nature and the development of activities and controls to respond to these risks can be led by local
managers and team leaders.  Where an operational risk impact across multiple service areas or,
because of interdependencies, require more strategic leadership, then these can be proposed for
escalation to ‘strategic risk’ status for the IJB and where required the parent organisation.
All risks will be evaluated consistently with risks categorised as being very high/high/moderate/low
and red/amber/yellow/green. Further information can be found at Appendix 1. 
Risk management process
Risk Management is about the culture, processes and structures
that are directed towards realising potential opportunities whilst
managing adverse effects1  It is pro-active in understanding risk
and uncertainty, it learns and builds upon existing good practice
and is a continually evolving process.  The risk management
framework ensures that information about risks is adequately
reported and used as a basis for decision making and
accountability at all levels.  
The IJB embeds risk management practice by consistent
application of the risk management process shown in the
diagram on the right, across all areas of service delivery and
business activities.  Further information in relation to the Risk
Managment Process can be found at Appendix 1. 
Figure 1 Risk Management Process 
1 Australia/ New Zealand Risk Management Standard, AS/NZS 4360: 2004
201

Page 202

4 
Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
Application of good risk management across IJB activities
The following standard procedures  will be implemented across all areas of activity that are under the
direction of the IJB in order to achieve consistent and effective implementation of the Risk Managment
Strategy.
1. Implementation of the risk management process, means that risk management information
should (wherever possible) be used to guide decision making in the same way that cost and
benefit analysis is used.
2. Identification of risk using standard methodologies, and involving subject experts who have
knowledge and experience of the activity or process under consideration.
3. Categorisation of risk under the headings below:
• Strategic Risks: such as risks that may arise from Political, Economical, Social,
Technological, Legislative and Environmental factors that impact on the overall delivery of
the Strategic Plan outcomes.
• Operational Risks: such as risks that may arise from or impact on Clinical Care and
Treatment, Social Care and Treatment, Customer Service, Employee Health, Safety &
Well-being, Business Continuity/ Supply Chain, Information Security and Asset
Management.
4. Appropriate ownership of risk.  Specific risks will be owned by/ assigned to whoever is best
placed to manage the risk and oversee the development and implementation of mitigation/control
measures.
5. Consistent application of the agreed risk matrix. Necessary to analyse and prioritise risk in terms
of consequences and likelihood of occurrence, taking into account the effectiveness of risk
control measures in place.   Consistent application of the risk matrix is also key to compare risks
against tolerance thresholds.  The risk matrix to be used is attached in Appendix 1.
6. Consistent response to risk that is proportionate to the level of risk. This means that risk may be
terminated; transferred elsewhere (ie to another partner or third party); tolerated as it is; or,
treated with   measures to bring it to a level where it is  tolerable for the IJB  in keeping with its
appetite/ tolerance for risk.  In the case of opportunities, the IJB may ‘take’ an informed risk in
terms of tolerating it if the opportunity is judged to be (1) worthwhile pursuing and (2) the IJB is
confident  in its ability to achieve the benefits and to manage/ contain the associated risk. Further
information can be found at Appendix 1.
7. Implementation and maintenance of live risk registers. Used as a means of collating and
recording risk information in a consistent format allowing comparison of risk evaluations, informed
decision-making in relation to prioritising resources and ease of access to information for risk
reporting.
8. Reporting of strategic risks to the IJB annually or more frequently if required.
9. Reporting of operational risks to the Partnership Senior Management Team based on the
frequency outlined in table 5.  These risks are then remitted to the Clincial and Care Governance
Group.  The CCG is responsible for the oversight of operational risks within the partnership. The
Group consider any High or Very High risks (as defined by the approved risk management
strategy) and if required esalate these to the Partnership Senior Management Team (PSMT) for
consideration for inclusion on the Strategic Risk Register. 
10. Routine reporting of risk information as part of business as usual.  Reporting and review within
and across teams and a commitment to a ‘lessons learned’ culture that seeks to learn from both
good and poor experience in order to replicate good practice and reduce adverse events and
associated complaints and claims. 
202

Page 203

5 
Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
Risk leadership and accountability 
Governance, roles and responsibilities 
Integration Joint board 
Members of the Integration Joint Board are responsible for:
 Oversight of risk management arrangements through the Performance and Audit Committee;
 Seeking assurances from the Partnership Senior Managment Team that effective risk
management arrangements are in place;
 Receipt and review of reports on strategic risks and any key operational risks that require to be
brought to the IJB’s attention; and,
 Ensuring they are aware of any risks linked to recommendations from the Chief Officer
concerning new priorities/ policies/ emerging risks and opportunities.   
The IJB delegated certain aspects of risk governance to the Clinical Care and Goverance Group and the
Performance and Audit Committee.  Each Committee has a responsibility to provide assusrance to the
IJB in respect of the areas detailed below: 
• PAC – the PAC through Internal Audit, external audit and other sources will provide independent
objective assurance to the IJB on the extent to which the risk management arrangements in
place are effective:
• Clinical Care and Governance Group will monitor and review risks falling within it’s remit, this
including regular consideration of all high or very high operational risks.   
Chief Officer 
The Chief Officer has overall accountability for the IJB’s risk management framework, ensuring that
suitable and effective arrangements are in place to manage the risks relating to the functions within the
scope of the IJB. The Chief Officer will keep the Chief Executives of the IJB’s partner bodies and
members of the IJB informed of any significant existing or emerging risks that could seriously impact the
IJB’s ability to deliver the outcomes of the Strategic Plan or the reputation of the IJB 
Section 95 Officer 
The IJB’s Section 95 Officer will be responsible for promoting arrangements to identify and manage key
business risks, risk mitigation and insurance. 
Partnership Senior Management Team (PSMT) 
Members of the Partnership Senior Management Team are responsible (either collectively, or by
nominating a specific member of the team) for:
 supporting the Chief Officer and Chief Finance and Transformation Officer in fulfilling their risk
management responsibilities;
 arranging professional risk management support, guidance and training from partner bodies;
 receipt and review of regular risk reports on strategic, shared and key operational risks and
escalating any matters of concern to the IJB; 
203

Page 204

6 
Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
 ensure the impact of decisions made in terms of risk and opportunities do not have a negative
impact on insurance and self insurance arrangments. Key specialist advisors should be involved
in decision making processes at the earliest opportunity where practicable; and
 ensuring that the standard procedures set out in this doucment and supporting documentation
are actively promoted across their teams and within their areas of responsibility.  
Individual Risk Owners 
It is the responsibility of each risk owner to ensure that they understand their responsibility in relation
to the managment of risk and specifically; 
 risks assigned to them are analysed in keeping with the agreed risk matrix;
 measure effectiveness of existing controls and the mitigations in place to manage the risk are
proportionate to the context and level of risk;.
 monitor the timely implementation of additional mitigation/controls where required;
 risk is reviewed not only in terms of likelihood and impact of occurrence, but takes account of any
changes in context that may affect the risk; and
 risks are defined clearly to make explicit the scope of the challenge, opportunity or hazard and
the consequences that may arise.  
All persons working under the direction of the IJB 
Risk management should be integrated into daily activities with everyone involved in identifying current
and potential risks where they work.  Individuals have a responsibility to make every effort to be aware of
situations which place them or others at risk, report identified hazards and implement safe working
practices developed within their service areas. This approach requires everyone to understand:
 the risks that relate to their roles and activities;
 how their actions relate to their own, their patients, their services users / clients and public safety;
 their accountability for particular risks and how they can manage them;
 the importance of flagging up incidents and/ or near misses to allow lessons to be learned and
contribute to ongoing improvement of risk management arrangements; and,
 that good risk management is a key part of the IJB’s culture. 
Partner Bodies 
It is the responsibility of relevant specialists from the partner bodies, (such as internal audit, external
audit, clinical and non clinical risk managers and health and safety advisers) to consider the implications
of risks and provide relevant advice. It is the responsibility of the partner bodies to ensure they routinely
seek to identify any residual risks and liabilities they retain in relation to the activities under the direction
of the IJB. 
Resourcing risk management 
Resourcing the risk management framework 
The work on developing and leading the ongoing implementation of the risk management framework and
accociated training for the IJB and employees will be resourced through the Partnership Senior
Management Team’s arrangements. 
Final decisions in respect of the risk management arrangements will sit with the Chief Officer and Chief
Financial Officer.   
204

Page 205

7 
Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
Training, learning and development 
Risk management training and development opportunities 
To implement effectively this strategy, it is essential for staff to have the competence and capacity for
managing risk and handling risk judgements with confidence, to focus on learning from events and past
experience in relation to what has worked well or could have been managed better, and to focus on
identifying malfunctioning ‘systems’ rather than people. 
Training is important and is essential in embedding a positive risk management culture across all
activities under the direction of the IJB and in developing risk management maturity. 
Training can be accessed via North Ayrshire Council or NHS Ayrhire and Arran. Specific training
sessions can also be delivered. 
Monitoring activity and performance 
Monitoring risk management activity and performance 
A suitable system is required to ensure risk management activity and performance is monitored.
Monitoring will include review of the IJB’s risk profile at Partnership Senior Management Team level. 
The PSMT is responsible for providing assurance to the IJB that the Risk Management Strategy is being
applied effectively across the Partnership.
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) will be linked where appropriate to specific risks to provide assurance
on the performance of certain control measures. For example, specific clinical incident data can provide
assurance that risks associated with the delivery of clinical care are controlled.
The performance data linked to the Strategic Plan will also inform the identification of new risks or
highlight where existing risks require more attention. 
Reviewing the IJB’s risk management arrangements on a regular basis will also constitute a ‘Plan/ Do/
Study/ Act’ review cycle that will shape future risk management priorities and activities of the IJB, inform
subsequent revisions of this strategy and drive continuous improvement in risk management across the
IJB. 
It is expected that partner bodies will use IJB risk reports to keep their own organisations updated on the
management of the risks, highlighting any IJB risks that might impact on the partner organisation. 
Communicating risk management 
Communicating, consulting on and reviewing the risk management framework
Effective communication of key risk management information across the IJB is essential to developing a
consistent and effective approach to risk management.
Copies of this policy and strategy will be widely circulated via the Partnership Senior Management Team
and will form the basis of any risk management training arranged by the IJB.
This strategy will be reviewed every three years or earlier if required  to ensure that it reflects current
standards and best practice in risk management and fully reflects the Integration Joint Board’s business
environment.
205

Page 206

8 
Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
206

Page 207

9 
Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
Appendix 1 Risk Management – A Quick Guide 
What is Risk Management and why do we have to do it? 
Risk is something that may have an impact on the achievement of our objectives. This could be an
opportunity as well as a threat. Good risk management means that we have a better understanding of
what risks and opportunities the organisation may face and how it can best manage them. 
This quick guide provides basic details on the risk management process more detailed information in
relation to using risk register software, service risk registers, peer review process etc can be found in the
supporting Management of Risk Guidance document. 
Understanding and managing threats or risks comes down to four very simple questions: 
1. What are the things that could happen to us?
2. What is the likelihood of them happening?
3. What would be the impact?
4. What can we do about it? (How can we prevent it from happening, or what can we put in place to
manage it if it should?) 
There are several tools which can be used to answer these questions.  For simplicity and ease of
understanding our approach is to use a simple 4 stage process of identification, assessment,
management and review to ensure our risks are recorded and effectively managed. This approach is
shown in Figure 2 and described in the four sections below. 
Figure 2 – Four Steps to Managing Risk 
1. Identifying
risks
2. Assessing
risks
3. Managing
and controlling
risks
4. Monitor
and review
risks
Risk Management – A Quick Guide 
207

Page 208

10 
Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
To identify risks, think through the things that could prevent or hinder your team from achieving
its business objectives. There are three parts to a risk – an event that has a consequence that
leads to an impact on our objectives. Typical risk phrasing could be: 
Loss of…
Failure of…..
Failure to...      leads to …...    results in……
Lack of…
Development of… 
Opportunity for 
You will also need to identify whether the risk is: 
• Strategic: risks that are significant scale and will impact on the reputation and
performance of the IJB and parent organisations as a whole and in particular the IJB’s
ability to deliver on strategic objectives. 
• Operational: risks specific to the delivery of individual services/service
performance/project. 
Residual/Net risk  = the level of risk remaining after managing it through treatment and/or
control measures. 
To identify the Residual/Net Risk we simply identify the consequence score from the
appropriate domain listed in Table 2 after we have identified the control measure. We then
multiple the consequence score by the likelihood of the event occurring. The likelihood score is
taken from the matrix at Table 3.   
Multiplying the consequence x likelihood then provides us with the Residual Risk. The Residual
risk score helps to make decisions about the significance of risks to the IJB and how they will be
managed, the controls required and the treatment of the risk. This can be found in Table 4. 
1. Identifying risks 
2. Assessing risks 
208

Page 209

Version No. 4.0 
Date Effective: 19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
SEVERITY CONSEQUENCE MATRIX - Description and definition of the CONSEQUENCE / IMPACT of the risk should it occur (these are a
guide)
Severity
“Domains” 1
Insignificant
2
Minor
3
Moderate
4
Major
5
Extreme
Objectives and
projects
 Barely noticeable
reduction in scope /
quality / schedule
 Minor reduction in scope
/ quality / schedule
 Reduction in scope or
quality, project objectives
or schedule.
 Significant reduction in
ability to meet project
objectives or schedule.
 Inability to meet project
objectives, reputation of the
organisation seriously
damaged and failure to
appropriately manage
finances.
Injury (physical
and
psychological)
to patients/staff.
 Adverse event leading
to minor injury not
requiring first aid.
 Minor injury or illness,
first-aid treatment
needed. No staff
absence required.
 Significant injury requiring
medical treatment and/or
counselling.
 Major injuries or long-term
incapacity/ disability (loss
of limb), requiring medical
treatment and/or
counselling.
 Incident leading to death or
major permanent
incapacity.
Patient
experience /
outcome 
 Reduced quality of
patient experience /
clinical outcome not
directly related to
delivery of clinical care. 
 Unsatisfactory patient
experience / clinical
outcome directly related
to care provision –
readily resolvable
 Unsatisfactory patient
experience / clinical
outcome, short term effects
– expect recovery < 1Wk
 Unsatisfactory patient
experience / clinical
outcome, long term effects
- expect recovery > 1Wk
 Unsatisfactory patient
experience / clinical
outcome continued
ongoing long-term effects. 
Complaints /
claims
 Locally resolved
complaint
 Justified complaint
peripheral to clinical
care
 Below excess claim.
 Justified complaint
involving lack of
appropriate care.
 Claim above excess level.
 Multiple justified
complaints.
 Multiple claims or single
major claim.
Staffing and
competence
 Short term low staffing
level (< 1 day), where
there is no disruption to
patient care.
 Ongoing low staffing
level results in minor
reduction in quality of
patient care
 Minor error due to
ineffective training /
implementation of
training.
 Late delivery of key
objective / service due to
lack of staff.
 Moderate error due to
ineffective training /
implementation of training.
 Ongoing problems with
staffing levels
 Uncertain delivery of key
objective / service due to
lack of staff.
 Major error due to
ineffective training /
implementation of training.
 Non delivery of key
objective / service due to
lack of staff.
 Loss of key staff.
 Critical error due to
insufficient training /
implementation of training.
Service /
business
interruption
 Interruption in a service
which does not impact
on the delivery of patient
care or the ability to
 Short term disruption to
service with minor
impact on patient care.
 Some disruption in service
with unacceptable impact
on patient care.
 Sustained loss of service
which has serious impact
on delivery of patient care
resulting in major
 Permanent loss of core
service or facility.
209

Page 210

Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
continue to provide
service  Temporary loss of ability to
provide service.
contingency plans being
invoked.  Disruption to facility leading
to significant “knock on”
effect.
Financial  Negligible organisational
financial loss (£< 1k).
 Minor organisational
financial loss (£1-10k).
 Significant organisational
financial loss (£10-100k).
 Major organisational
financial loss (£100k-1m).
 Severe organisational
financial loss (£>1m).
Inspection /
assessment /
audit
 Small number of
recommendations which
focus on minor quality
improvement issues.
 Minor recommendations
made which can be
addressed by low level
of management action.
 Challenging
recommendations but can
be addressed with
appropriate action plan.
 Enforcement Action.
 Low rating.
 Critical report.
 Prosecution.
 Zero Rating.
 Severely critical report.
Adverse
publicity /
reputation
 No media coverage,
little effect on staff
morale.
 Local Media – short
term.
 Minor effect on staff
morale / public attitudes.
 Local Media – long term.
 Impact on staff morale and
public perception of the
organisation.
 National Media (< 3 days).
 Public confidence in the
organisation undermined.
 Usage of services affected.
 National Media (> 3 days).
 MP / MSP Concern
(Questions in Parliament).
Organisational /
Personal
Security, and
Equipment
 Damage, loss, theft (£<
1k).
 Damage, loss, theft       
 (£1-10k).
 Damage, loss, theft     
 (£10-100k).
 Damage, loss, theft 
 (£100k-1m).
 Damage, loss, theft
(£>1m).
Table 2 – Consequence/Impact Matrix
Likelihood 
1
Remote
2
Unlikely
3
Possible
4
Likely
5
Almost Certain
Probability  Will only occur in
exceptional
circumstances.
 Unlikely to occur but
definite potential
exists.
 Reasonable chance of
occurring – has
happened before on
occasions.
 Likely to occur – strong
possibility.
 The event will
occur in most
circumstances.
Table 3 – Likelihood Matrix 
Risk Rating
210

Page 211

Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
LIKELIHOOD SEVERITY
1
Insignificant
2
Minor
3
Moderate
4
Major
5
Extreme
5
Almost Certain 5 10 15 20 25
4
Likely 4 8 12 16 20
3
Possible 3 6 9 12 15
2
Unlikely 2 4 6 8 10
1
Remote 1 2 3 4 5
Table 4 – Risk Rating 
Table 5 – How Risks should be managed
Level of
Risk Risk How the risk should be managed
Very High
(20-25)
Immediate Action
Required
Intolerable 
Requires active management to manage down and maintain the exposure at an
acceptable level. Escalate upwards. The activity or process should not be started
or allowed to continue until the risk level has been reduced. While the control
measures selected should be cost-effective, legally there is an absolute duty to
reduce the risk. Review every 3 months.
High 
(10-16)
Immediate Action
Required
Unacceptable
Contingency plans may suffice together with early warning mechanisms to detect
any deviation from the profile. Escalate upwards. If a new activity or process, it
should not be started until the risk has been reduced. Considerable resources
may have to be allocated to reduce the risk. Where the risk involves an existing
activity or process, the problem should normally be remedied within one to three
months. Review every 6 months.
Moderate 
(4-9)
Action Required Efforts should be made to reduce the risk, but the cost of reduction should be
carefully measured and limited. Risk reduction measures should normally be
implemented within three to six months. Re-assess annually
Low 
(1-3)  
Acceptable No further preventative action is necessary, but consideration should be given to
more cost-effective solutions or improvements that impose no additional cost
burden. Monitoring is required to ensure that the controls are maintained. Review
annually to ensure conditions have not changed.
211

Page 212

Version No. 4.0 
Date Effective: 19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
THE FOUR T’s 
The level of the inherent risk will help determine the best treatment for a risk, whether strategic
or operational. Once the type of risk has been determined, consideration must be given to the
most appropriate course of action to treat the risk, an action plan will be required to be drawn up
and implemented. The rating and prioritisation of the risk will determine the pace with which the
risk action plan should be implemented and at which level of the organisation the risk needs to
be reported. 
Tolerating A risk may be tolerated where:
• the risk is effectively mitigated by internal controls, even if it is a high risk
• the risk cannot be mitigated cost effectively
• the risk opens up greater benefits
These risks must be monitored, and contingency plans should be put in place in case the risk
occurs.
Treating This is the most widely used approach. The purpose of treating a risk is to continue with the
activity which gives rise to the risk, but to bring the risk to an acceptable level by taking action
to control it in some way through either:
• containment actions (these lessen the likelihood or consequences of a risk and are applied
before the risk materialises) or
• contingency actions (these are put into action after the risk has happened, thus reducing
the impact. These must be pre-planned)
Terminating Doing things differently and therefore removing the risk. This is particularly important in terms
of project risk but is often severely limited in terms of the strategic risks of an organisation.
Transfer Transferring some aspects of the risk to a third party, e.g., via insurance, or by paying a third
party to take the risk in another way. This option is particularly good for mitigating financial
risks, or risks to assets. However, it is a limited option.
Table 6 – The Four T’s 
CONTROLS 
Any action, procedure or operation undertaken to either contain a risk to an acceptable level
(the impact), or to reduce the likelihood. Where future actions are planned these should have a
date by which they will be implemented. 
REPORTING RISK 
Nothing stays the same forever. By talking to your staff and monitoring incident rates and
control measures, you will be able to judge whether your risk control measures are effective.
Managers and staff must be given responsibility to oversee the process and develop reporting
procedures, discussing and helping to implement solutions, as well as monitoring the solutions
for effectiveness. 
Risks should be reviewed regularly to ensure that the risk has not changed and that no further
control measures are needed. A risk should also be reviewed if any changes occur that may
increase the risk of an adverse event occurring. 
3. Managing and controlling risks 
4. Monitor and Review Risks 
212

Page 213

Document Title: Risk Management Policy and Strategy Owner: Chief Officer
Version No. V4 Superseded Version: V3
Date Effective:  19 June 2025 Review Date: 18 June 2028 
There is no legal time frame for when you should review your risk assessment. The IJB has
adopted an interactive process with discretion when a review is deemed necessary.  The risk
assessment and register are a live working document and, as your business experiences
change, this information should be recorded and updated. As a guide, it is recommended that
risk assessments be reviewed as a minimum on an annual basis.
213

Page 214

214